WO2023051643A1 - 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统 - Google Patents

设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023051643A1
WO2023051643A1 PCT/CN2022/122299 CN2022122299W WO2023051643A1 WO 2023051643 A1 WO2023051643 A1 WO 2023051643A1 CN 2022122299 W CN2022122299 W CN 2022122299W WO 2023051643 A1 WO2023051643 A1 WO 2023051643A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control
electronic device
smart home
card
devices
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/122299
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
米昱豪
晏国淇
张婷
罗国荣
向星宇
陈丹梅
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023051643A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023051643A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B15/00—Systems controlled by a computer
    • G05B15/02—Systems controlled by a computer electric
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00—Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02—Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/418—Total factory control, i.e. centrally controlling a plurality of machines, e.g. direct or distributed numerical control [DNC], flexible manufacturing systems [FMS], integrated manufacturing systems [IMS], computer integrated manufacturing [CIM]
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00—Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/20—Pc systems
    • G05B2219/26—Pc applications
    • G05B2219/2642—Domotique, domestic, home control, automation, smart house
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P90/00—Enabling technologies with a potential contribution to greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions mitigation
    • Y02P90/02—Total factory control, e.g. smart factories, flexible manufacturing systems [FMS] or integrated manufacturing systems [IMS]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of terminals, and in particular to a device control method, a related device and a communication system.
  • a user may control the smart home device through a smart home application program (application, APP) in an electronic device such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
  • APP smart home application program
  • the user needs to operate multiple controls for controlling each smart home device in the smart home APP.
  • user operations are relatively cumbersome.
  • the present application provides a device control method, a related device and a communication system.
  • the device control method can meet the user's requirements for controlling different types of household devices in different spaces, and simplifies the user operation for the user to control the household devices in batches.
  • the present application provides a device control method.
  • the electronic device may display a first control, and the first control is associated with the first device group.
  • the above-mentioned first device group may include X household devices that can provide the first function in the first space, and the above-mentioned first device group is divided by the above-mentioned electronic devices according to the space attributes of the household devices and the functions that can be provided.
  • the above-mentioned X is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a first user operation acting on the above-mentioned first control, and may send a first control instruction to the above-mentioned X household devices in the above-mentioned first device group, and the above-mentioned first control instruction makes the receiving of the above-mentioned first control Instructing the household equipment to perform the operation indicated by the above-mentioned first control instruction.
  • the aforementioned X household devices may be all household devices that can provide the first function in the first space.
  • the user does not need to manually group the household devices.
  • the electronic device groups the household equipment according to the function and/or space attribute of the household equipment, the user can control multiple household equipment in batches.
  • the plurality of household devices may be household devices that can provide one function in one space. This not only reduces the difficulty for users to control household devices in batches, but also simplifies user operations for users to control household devices.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may display the second control.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the second user operation acting on the above-mentioned second control, and displays the first user interface.
  • the above-mentioned first user interface may include the device information of Y household devices in the above-mentioned first space, and the above-mentioned Y household devices.
  • the device information of one of the above household devices in the device information includes one or more of the following: controls for controlling the above one of the household devices, the working status of the above one of the household devices, and the monitoring data of the above one of the household devices, wherein the above Y is A positive integer greater than or equal to X, and the above-mentioned Y household devices include the above-mentioned X household devices.
  • the aforementioned Y household devices may be all household devices in the first space.
  • the user can view the household devices in a space through the second control, and perform batch control or individual control on the household devices in this space. This can simplify the user operation for the user to control the home device.
  • the aforementioned electronic device displays a third control.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the third user operation acting on the above-mentioned third control, and displays a second user interface, the above-mentioned second user interface includes the device information of the above-mentioned X home devices, and one of the device information of the above-mentioned X home devices
  • the device information of the home device includes one or more of the following: a control for controlling the above-mentioned one home device, a working state of the above-mentioned one home device, and data monitored by the above-mentioned one home device.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may obtain data monitored by the above-mentioned electronic device to manage household devices.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device determines the category of the data monitored by the above-mentioned household equipment according to the functions that the household equipment can provide; the category of the data monitored by the above-mentioned household equipment includes one or more of the following: environmental monitoring data, network data, water use data, and safety protection data.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device displays a third user interface, and the above-mentioned third user interface includes one or more components, and the above-mentioned one component displays data monitored by one household device of the above-mentioned category.
  • the electronic device can classify the data monitored by the household devices into categories such as environment monitoring data, network data, water consumption data, and security protection data, and present them to the user respectively. In this way, the user can quickly view the status of the home environment, home network, home security protection, and home water use, without having to view the corresponding home device data separately on the display interface of each smart home device.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may display a fourth control, and the above-mentioned fourth control may be associated with a second device group, and the above-mentioned second device group includes a Z in the above-mentioned first space that can provide a second function
  • the above-mentioned second equipment group is divided by the above-mentioned electronic equipment according to the spatial attributes and the functions that can be provided by the household equipment, wherein the above-mentioned Z is a positive integer; the above-mentioned Z household equipment is included in the above-mentioned Y household equipment.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the fourth user operation acting on the above-mentioned fourth control, and sends a second control instruction to the above-mentioned Z household appliances in the above-mentioned second device group, and the above-mentioned second control instruction makes the receiving of the above-mentioned second control instruction
  • the household equipment executes the operation indicated by the above-mentioned second control instruction.
  • the aforementioned Z household devices may be all household devices that can provide the second function in the first space.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a fifth user operation, and merges the above-mentioned first control and the above-mentioned fourth control into a fifth control.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device displays the above-mentioned fifth control; the above-mentioned fifth control is associated with the above-mentioned first device group and the above-mentioned second device group.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the sixth user operation acting on the above-mentioned fifth control, sends the above-mentioned first control instruction to the above-mentioned X household devices in the above-mentioned first device group, and sends the above-mentioned Z home devices in the above-mentioned second device group
  • the household device sends the above-mentioned second control instruction.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of household devices that the electronic device has divided into. For example, multiple household devices that can provide different functions in one space are combined into one device group.
  • Electronic devices can provide control controls for one-button control of home devices that can provide multiple functions in one space. This can make the control controls for controlling the home devices included in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple home devices.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a seventh user operation acting on the above-mentioned fifth control, and separates the above-mentioned fifth control into the above-mentioned first control and the above-mentioned fourth control.
  • the sixth user operation and the seventh user operation are user operations that act on the fifth control in different ways.
  • the electronic device can provide one control control for controlling multiple household devices that can provide multiple functions.
  • the user can adjust the household equipment that can be controlled by this control control. For example, changing this one control control into multiple control controls for respectively controlling all home appliances that can provide each of the plurality of functions.
  • the user can adjust the household equipment that can be controlled by the control control according to his own preferences and operating habits, so as to meet the needs of controlling different types of household equipment in different spaces.
  • the above-mentioned first control and the above-mentioned second control may be displayed on the first card.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may also display a second card, and the sixth control and the seventh control are displayed on the second card.
  • the sixth control is associated with a third device group, the third device group includes M home devices that can provide the first function in the second space, and the third device group is the above-mentioned electronic device according to the space attribute and function of the home device
  • the functions provided are divided, wherein the above-mentioned M is a positive integer; the above-mentioned sixth control is used to trigger the above-mentioned electronic device to send a third control instruction to the above-mentioned M home appliances in the above-mentioned third device group, and the above-mentioned third control instruction makes receiving The household equipment that receives the above-mentioned third control instruction executes the operation indicated by the above-mentioned third control instruction.
  • the seventh control is used to trigger the electronic device to display a fourth user interface
  • the fourth user interface includes device information of W home devices in the second space, and one of the above-mentioned home devices in the device information of the W home devices
  • the device information includes one or more of the following: controls for controlling the above-mentioned one home device, the working status of the above-mentioned one home device, and data monitored by the above-mentioned one home device.
  • the above M household devices may be all household devices in the second space that can provide the above first function.
  • the above-mentioned first electronic device may combine the above-mentioned first card and the above-mentioned second card into a third card upon receiving an eighth user operation.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device displays the above-mentioned third card, and the above-mentioned third card displays an eighth control; the above-mentioned eighth control is associated with the above-mentioned first device group and the above-mentioned third device group.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the ninth user operation acting on the above-mentioned eighth control, sends the above-mentioned first control instruction to the above-mentioned X household devices in the above-mentioned first device group, and sends the above-mentioned M
  • the household device sends the above-mentioned third control instruction.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of household devices that the electronic device has divided into. For example, combining household equipment in multiple spaces. Then, these multiple spaces can be equivalent to one space after being combined.
  • a device group can contain home devices in multiple spaces. Electronic devices can provide one-button control of all household devices that provide one function in these multiple spaces. For example, the user can turn on all the lights in the living room and the master bedroom with one button, or turn off all the lights in the living room and the master bedroom with one button. This can make the control controls for controlling the home devices included in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple home devices.
  • a ninth control is further displayed on the third card.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the tenth user operation acting on the above-mentioned ninth control, and displays a fifth user interface, the above-mentioned fifth user interface includes the device information of the above-mentioned Y household devices in the above-mentioned first space, and the above-mentioned second space The device information of the above-mentioned W household devices in .
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the eleventh user operation acting on the above-mentioned eighth control, and sends the above-mentioned first control instruction to the above-mentioned X household devices in the above-mentioned first device group.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the twelfth user operation acting on the above-mentioned eighth control, and sends the above-mentioned third control instruction to the above-mentioned M household devices in the above-mentioned third device group; the above-mentioned ninth user operation, the above-mentioned eleventh user operation
  • the operation, the above-mentioned twelfth user operation is a user operation that acts on the above-mentioned eighth control in a different way.
  • the user can control the household equipment located in one space among the multiple household equipment through different user operations acting on the control controls for one-key control of multiple household equipment in multiple spaces.
  • the above-mentioned embodiment can meet the requirement that the user wants to control the household equipment in one space separately after the household equipment in multiple spaces is merged.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a thirteenth user operation acting on the above-mentioned eighth control, and separates the above-mentioned eighth control into a ninth control and a tenth control.
  • the ninth control is used to trigger the electronic device to send the first control instruction to the X number of household devices in the first device group.
  • the tenth control is used to trigger the electronic device to send the third control instruction to the M household device in the third device group.
  • the electronic device after the electronic device combines household devices in multiple spaces, it can provide control controls for controlling all household devices that can provide a function in one space according to user operations of separate device groups. In this way, when the home devices in multiple spaces are merged, the user can still individually control all the home devices that can provide a function in one of the spaces.
  • the above embodiments can satisfy the user's requirement for individual control of some household devices on the basis of simplifying the user's operation of controlling multiple household devices.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may separate the above-mentioned third card into the above-mentioned first card and the above-mentioned second card after receiving a fourteenth user operation acting on the above-mentioned third card.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a fifteenth user operation, and the above-mentioned fifteenth user operation is used to add the first home device as a home device managed by the above-mentioned electronic device; the above-mentioned first home device
  • the device is a household device that can provide the above-mentioned first function in the above-mentioned first space.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives the sixteenth user operation acting on the above-mentioned first control, and sends the above-mentioned first control instruction to the above-mentioned X household devices in the above-mentioned first device group and the above-mentioned first home device, and the above-mentioned first device group Contains the above-mentioned first home equipment.
  • the electronic device can integrate the household device and other household devices that can provide the same function into a device group, and provide a device for controlling all household devices in this device group. Control controls for the device. In this way, the user does not need to group the newly added household equipment every time after adding a new household equipment. This can help users control home devices more efficiently and simplify user operations for controlling multiple home devices.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may display an eleventh control, and the above-mentioned eleventh control is associated with a fourth device group, and the above-mentioned fourth device group includes the above-mentioned first X+1 household devices that can provide the first function in the space.
  • the above-mentioned fourth device group is divided by the above-mentioned electronic devices according to the space attributes of the household devices and the functions that can be provided.
  • the above-mentioned X+1 household devices include the above-mentioned X household devices. devices and second home devices.
  • the eleventh control is used to trigger the electronic device to send the first control instruction to the X+1 household devices in the fourth device group.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device receives a seventeenth user operation, and removes the above-mentioned second household device from the above-mentioned fourth device group to obtain the above-mentioned first device group.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of household devices that the electronic device has divided into. For example removing a home device from a device group. Then, the control controls used to control the household devices included in this device group can no longer be used to control the above-mentioned removed household devices.
  • the above embodiments can make the control controls used to control the home devices included in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple home devices.
  • the present application provides an electronic device.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device includes: a communication device, a memory, and a processor.
  • the above-mentioned memory can be used to store a computer program, and the above-mentioned processor can be used to call the above-mentioned computer program, so that the above-mentioned electronic device executes any possible implementation method in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip, which is applied to an electronic device, and the chip includes one or more processors, and the processor is used to invoke computer instructions so that the electronic device executes any possible method in the first aspect. Implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which is characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute any possible implementation method in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, wherein, when the above-mentioned instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute any possible implementation method in the first aspect.
  • the electronic device provided in the second aspect above, the chip provided in the third aspect, the computer program product provided in the fourth aspect, and the computer-readable storage medium provided in the fifth aspect are all used to execute the method. Therefore, the beneficial effects that it can achieve can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of another electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3A to 3M are schematic diagrams of some electronic devices 100 provided in the embodiments of the present application providing control interfaces for smart home devices and presenting home device data;
  • Fig. 4A-Fig. 4C are schematic diagrams of scenes of turning on all the lights in the kitchen with one key provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • 5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of some scenarios for viewing smart home devices in the kitchen provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • 6A to 6D are schematic diagrams of scenarios for controlling smart home devices provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B are schematic diagrams of scenarios for controlling smart home devices provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8A to 8F are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some integrated smart home devices provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 9A to 9D are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 10A to 10C are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 12A to 12D are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 13A to 13D are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 14A to 14C are schematic diagrams of scenarios for controlling smart home devices provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • 15A to 15C are schematic diagrams of scenarios for controlling smart home devices provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • 16A to 16C are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 17A to 17D are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 18A to 18C are schematic diagrams of scenarios of some modified groups of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which an electronic device 100 displays data previews of multiple categories of household devices provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 20A to FIG. 20C are schematic diagrams of scenes showing detailed content of home environment data displayed by an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a scenario where an electronic device 100 displays detailed content of home network data provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B are schematic diagrams of a scenario where an electronic device 100 displays detailed content of family security protection data according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a scenario where an electronic device 100 displays detailed content of household water data according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 25 is a flowchart of a device control method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the “multiple” The meaning is two or more.
  • the smart home APP in the electronic device can divide multiple smart home devices of the same type in the smart home device into a device group according to user operations, and provide Controls for one-touch control of all smart home devices in this one device group.
  • the above-mentioned types may include lighting, temperature control, and other types.
  • the smart home APP in response to a user operation of dividing 5 electric lights into a light group, the smart home APP may form these 5 electric lights into a light group, and provide an on control and an off control.
  • the turn-on control can be used to trigger the electronic device to turn on all 5 lights in the light group.
  • the off control can be used to trigger the electronics to turn off all 5 lights.
  • the above method can simplify user operations when the user controls multiple smart home devices.
  • the above method requires the user to manually divide multiple smart home devices into a device group, and only supports the division of smart home devices of the same type into a device group. Users need to understand and learn the rules for dividing device groups, which brings certain difficulties to users in controlling smart home devices.
  • the user still needs to click the corresponding control several times. User operations are still relatively cumbersome.
  • the smart home APP in the electronic device may determine trigger conditions and trigger results for controlling multiple smart home devices of the same type or different types in the smart home devices according to user operations.
  • the above trigger conditions may include receiving a user operation that the user manually clicks on a control, data monitored by the smart home device conforms to preset data, and the like.
  • the above trigger result may include the identification of the smart home device to be triggered by the above trigger condition, the way of triggering the smart home device, and the like.
  • the smart home APP in response to a user operation of setting the trigger condition and trigger result as going home and turning on the light and air conditioner in the living room, the smart home APP can divide the light and air conditioner in the living room into a device group, and provide controls for instructing to go home.
  • the electronic device may send an instruction to turn on the lights and air conditioners in the living room, thereby turning on the lights and air conditioners in the living room.
  • the above method can enable the user to control multiple smart home devices of the same type or different types in batches, which simplifies user operations when the user controls multiple smart home devices.
  • the above method requires the user to manually set the trigger condition and trigger result. That is, the user needs to learn the meaning expressed by each trigger condition first, and arrange the trigger results according to the capabilities of each smart home device. Users still have great difficulties in the specific operation process.
  • the present application provides a device control method.
  • the method can facilitate the user to efficiently and conveniently control the smart home equipment.
  • the electronic device can divide multiple smart home devices into one or more device groups according to the types and capabilities of the smart home devices, and provide controls for one-key control of all smart home devices in a device group.
  • a device group may include smart home devices that can be used to provide one function or multiple functions.
  • Types of the above-mentioned functions may include lighting functions, shading functions, environmental monitoring functions, security protection functions, network functions, water use functions, and the like.
  • the electronic device may determine, according to the type and capability of the smart home device, which function the smart home device belongs to.
  • the electronic device can also classify the smart home devices according to the spatial attributes of the smart home devices.
  • the above spatial attribute of the smart home device may indicate the location of the smart home device.
  • the space attribute of a smart home device is a kitchen, which may indicate that the smart home device is located in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 can divide a plurality of smart home devices into device groups corresponding to each space.
  • a device group can contain multiple smart home devices with the same spatial attributes.
  • Electronic devices can provide controls for one-touch control of all smart home devices in a device group. For example, one-click to turn on smart home devices such as lights and air conditioners in the living room.
  • the electronic device can divide the smart home devices into one or more device groups by combining the space attributes and the functions provided by the smart home devices, and provide controls for controlling all the smart home devices in a device group with one key.
  • a device group can include all smart home devices that provide a function in a control.
  • the user does not need to manually group the smart home devices.
  • the electronic device groups the smart home devices according to their functions and/or space attributes, the user can control multiple smart home devices in batches.
  • the multiple smart home devices may be the same type or different types of devices.
  • the multiple smart home devices may also be devices located in the same space or in different spaces.
  • the control controls provided by the electronic device for controlling smart home devices can meet the needs of users for controlling different types of smart home devices in different spaces. This not only reduces the difficulty for users to control smart home devices in batches, but also simplifies user operations for users to control smart home devices.
  • the above space may represent a specific location. In different scenarios, spaces can be divided in different ways.
  • a space can be a location that has one purpose.
  • the space in the family can include porch, living room, kitchen, master bedroom, second bedroom, study room, balcony, bathroom and so on.
  • a house has different floors.
  • the space in this house can be divided in units of floors.
  • the spaces in this house can include the first floor, second floor, third floor, and so on.
  • a house has different rooms. Different rooms are separated by physical objects (such as walls).
  • the space in this house can be divided in units of rooms divided by objects.
  • the spaces in the house may include room A, room B, room C, and so on.
  • different locations in an exhibition area can be used to display different items. Areas displaying different items are not physically separated.
  • the space in this exhibition area can be divided by the area where different items are displayed.
  • the space in this one exhibition area may include item A exhibition area, item B exhibition area, item C exhibition area and so on.
  • the space may also have multi-level division. That is, the spatial attributes of smart home devices can have multiple levels.
  • a house has different floors (eg, first floor, second floor, third floor). Each floor has multiple rooms (such as room 301 and room 302 on the third floor). A room contains areas with different purposes (eg bedroom, bathroom in room 302). A smart home device is located in the bedroom in room 302 on the third floor of the house. Then the space attribute of this smart home device can be the third floor-room 302-bedroom.
  • floors eg, first floor, second floor, third floor
  • Each floor has multiple rooms (such as room 301 and room 302 on the third floor).
  • a room contains areas with different purposes (eg bedroom, bathroom in room 302).
  • a smart home device is located in the bedroom in room 302 on the third floor of the house. Then the space attribute of this smart home device can be the third floor-room 302-bedroom.
  • the control controls provided by the electronic device for controlling the smart home device may also have multiple levels.
  • the electronic device can provide control controls for controlling all smart home devices on the third floor of the above-mentioned one house, control controls for controlling all smart home devices in one room on the third floor, and control controls for controlling all smart home devices in a room with different purposes
  • the area contains controls for all smart home devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner of dividing the space.
  • a function can contain a combination of different control intents. That is, different control intentions of users on smart home devices can be combined to provide a function.
  • a function can satisfy one type of user's needs.
  • the types of functions may include lighting functions, sunshade functions, environment monitoring functions, security protection functions, network functions, water use functions and so on.
  • control intent in the lighting function may include: turn on the light, turn off the light, adjust the brightness, and adjust the color temperature. That is, smart home devices (such as lamps) with the ability to adjust brightness and color temperature can be used to provide lighting functions. The lighting function can meet the user's lighting needs.
  • the control intentions in the sunshade function may include: opening curtains, closing curtains, and adjusting the degree of opening and closing of curtains. That is, curtains with the ability to adjust the opening and closing of curtains can be used to provide sunshade functions.
  • the sunshade function can meet the needs of users for sunshade and sun protection.
  • Control intents in environmental monitoring functions can include: turn on or off the air quality monitor, turn on or turn off the air purifier, adjust the air purification mode, turn on or turn off the temperature monitor, turn on or turn off the air conditioner, adjust the temperature, turn on or turn off the humidity monitoring humidifier, turn the humidifier on or off, and turn the dehumidifier on or off. That is, smart home devices with capabilities such as air quality monitoring, air purification, temperature monitoring, temperature adjustment, humidity monitoring, and humidity adjustment can be used to provide environmental monitoring functions.
  • the environmental monitoring function can meet the needs of users for air purification, temperature regulation, and humidity regulation.
  • the control intention in the security protection function may include: turning on or off the camera, turning on or off the door lock, turning on or off the human body movement sensor, and turning on or off the buzzer. That is, smart home devices with the capabilities of taking pictures, recording videos, warning lights and warning lights can be used to provide security protection functions.
  • the safety protection function can meet the needs of users to monitor and protect the safety of their homes.
  • the control intent in the network function may include: enabling or disabling network access devices, network acceleration, and managing devices accessing network access devices. That is, smart home devices (such as routers) with capabilities such as network acceleration and management of network access devices can be used to provide network functions.
  • the network function can meet the needs of users surfing the Internet.
  • Control intents in water usage functions may include: turning on or off a water quality monitor, turning on or off a water heater, adjusting water temperature, and turning on or off a water quantity monitor. That is, smart home devices with water quality monitoring, water quantity monitoring, and water temperature adjustment can be used to provide water functions. The water function can meet the needs of users for water.
  • the device control method in this application can group the smart home devices according to the type of function, and provide the user with a control interface based on the control intention.
  • the control interface may include controls for enabling multiple smart home devices in a device group with one key, controls for adjusting the operating modes of multiple smart home devices in a device group with one key, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned grouping manner of the smart home devices is divided according to the user's demand levels. This can enable the control method of the smart home device to better meet the living needs of the user, and simplify user operations for the user to control the smart home device.
  • Skills can mean that on the basis of the functions that smart home devices can provide, multiple smart home devices are linked to provide intelligent services for users.
  • the electronic device or the cloud server can determine the smart home devices configured in the user's home, and obtain user data, home environment data, and status data of these smart home devices.
  • user data may include rhythm habits, time away from home and home, etc.
  • the aforementioned environmental data in the home may include ambient brightness, ambient temperature, ambient humidity, air quality, water quality, gas usage status, and the like.
  • Status data of smart home devices may include on or off status, mode of operation, and the like.
  • Skills may include adjusting the brightness and/or color temperature of electric lights according to the user's rhythm habits, adjusting the temperature of air conditioners according to changes in ambient temperature, controlling the working status of air purifiers according to changes in air quality, adjusting the brightness of electric lights according to changes in ambient brightness, Control the working status of smart home devices that provide security functions according to whether the user is at home and the status at home.
  • the cloud server may determine that smart home devices capable of providing lighting functions are configured in the user's home.
  • the cloud server can provide lighting functions for the user according to the user's rhythm habit (such as the habit of getting up and falling asleep, etc.). For example, the cloud server may turn on the light when it is determined that the user is getting up, and turn off the light or increase the brightness of the electric light when it is determined that the user is falling asleep.
  • the cloud server can determine that the user's home is equipped with smart home devices that can provide environmental monitoring functions.
  • the smart home device providing environmental monitoring functions includes an air quality monitor and an air purifier.
  • the cloud server can turn on the air purifier to purify the air quality in the home when the air quality monitor detects that the air quality in the home is poor (such as PM2.5 is lower than the preset air quality threshold).
  • the cloud server can determine that the user's home is equipped with smart home devices that can provide security protection functions.
  • the smart home device that provides security functions includes a camera and a buzzer.
  • the cloud server can judge whether there is someone staying at the door according to the image or video data collected by the camera, and when it is judged that there is someone staying at the door, the buzzer will ring to warn.
  • the above skills describe the intelligent linkage between smart home devices.
  • the smart home devices involved in the skill can be triggered to enter the state indicated by the skill.
  • the electronic device or the cloud server creates and implements skills to enable the smart home device to provide users with intelligent and personalized services, and simplify user operations for the user to control the smart home device.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 may include an electronic device 100 , one or more smart home devices, a business cloud server 300 , a static resource server 301 , a home cloud server 302 and a third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the one or more smart home devices mentioned above may include: electric lamp 201 , curtain 202 , air conditioner 203 , electric fan 204 , air purifier 205 , camera 206 , and router 207 . Not limited to the smart home devices shown in FIG. 1 , more or less smart home devices may be included in the communication system 10 .
  • the electronic device 100 can be used for the user to control the smart home device, and view the running status and monitored data of the smart home device.
  • An APP (such as a smart home APP) for controlling smart home devices is installed in the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a control interface for controlling smart home devices through a smart home APP.
  • the control interface can be used to control smart home devices.
  • the way a control interface controls smart home devices may be determined by the aforementioned control intent.
  • the smart home devices that can be controlled by one control interface may be the smart home devices included in one or more device groups after the smart home devices are grouped according to the types of functions in the foregoing embodiments. That is to say, in response to a user operation acting on a control interface, the electronic device 100 can send a control instruction corresponding to the control mode indicated by this control interface (such as turning on instructions, etc.).
  • all smart home devices other than the electronic device 100 and the router 207 are connected to the router 207 .
  • the router 207 can provide network access services for devices connected to itself.
  • the electronic device 100 can send a control command to the smart home device through the router 207, so as to realize the control of the smart home device.
  • short-distance communication connections such as Bluetooth connection/ZigBee communication connection/wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) direct connection are established between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device.
  • the electronic device 100 can send a control command to the smart home device through the short-distance communication connection, so as to control the smart home device.
  • smart home devices other than the smart router 207 are connected to the router 207 to implement network access.
  • the service cloud server 300 can send control instructions to smart home devices connected to the network.
  • the electronic device 100 can send a control instruction to the smart home device through the service cloud server 300, so as to realize remote control of the smart home device.
  • Electronic device 100 may be equipped with Or portable electronic devices with other operating systems, such as mobile phones, tablet computers, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc., can also be laptop computers (Laptop) with touch-sensitive surfaces or touch panels, with touch-sensitive surfaces or touch panels.
  • Non-portable electronic devices such as desktop computers with control panels.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the electronic device 100 .
  • Smart home devices can refer to home devices with networking capabilities.
  • smart home devices can also include door locks, speakers, sweeping robots, sockets, body fat scales, lamps, refrigerators, washing machines, water heaters, microwave ovens, TVs, set-top boxes, humidifiers, dehumidifiers, Water purifiers, buzzers, human motion sensors, air quality monitors, gas monitors, water immersion monitors, smoke alarms, valve monitors, etc.
  • Smart home devices can be connected to the Internet through a network access device (such as a router 207).
  • the aforementioned smart home devices may be manufactured by one or more manufacturers of smart home devices. Manufacturers of the above-mentioned one or more smart home devices may include the manufacturer of the above-mentioned electronic device 100 .
  • the service cloud server 300 can be used to execute various services related to smart home devices. For example, manage the relationship between electronic device 100 and smart home devices, create and implement skills, maintain the status of skills and data generated during the implementation process, obtain the operating status and monitoring data of smart home devices, send data to electronic device 100 It can control the running status and monitoring data of home equipment, send control commands to smart home equipment, and deal with the sharing visibility of smart home equipment in different spaces, etc.
  • the business cloud server 300 may be an application server corresponding to an APP for controlling smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may establish a binding relationship with multiple smart home devices.
  • a binding relationship may be established between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device through an account. That is, the account registered on the APP used to control the smart home device in the electronic device 100 is the same as the account registered on the smart home device.
  • a binding relationship can also be established between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device by scanning a two-dimensional code, Bluetooth pairing, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the method for establishing a binding relationship between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device.
  • the business cloud server 300 can store the binding relationship between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device. In this way, the business cloud server 300 can serve as an intermediate device, sending the control command of the electronic device 100 to the smart home device that has a binding relationship with the electronic device 100, and sending the operating status and monitoring data of the smart home device to the smart home device that is connected to the smart home device.
  • the household device establishes an electronic device 100 with a binding relationship.
  • the static resource server 301 can be used to store the relationship between smart home devices and control intentions, functions and skills. That is, the way smart home devices can be controlled, the functions that smart home devices can provide, and the linkage rules when smart home devices provide skills.
  • the static resource server 301 can also be used to update the relationship between smart home devices and control intentions, functions and skills.
  • the business cloud server 300 can obtain the above-mentioned relationship between smart home devices and control intentions, functions and skills from the static resource server 301, and determine the functions and creation skills that the smart home devices in the user's home can provide.
  • the electronic device 100 can obtain from the business cloud server 300 the functions that can be provided by the smart home devices that have a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 (that is, the smart home devices in the user's home), so as to provide the user with one-key control of multiple smart devices based on the above functions. Control interface for home appliances.
  • the electronic device 100 can also obtain the above-mentioned skills from the service cloud server 300, and instruct the smart home devices in the user's home to realize the above-mentioned skills.
  • the above skills may also be implemented by the business cloud server 300 instructing smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may also obtain a list of smart home devices that have a binding relationship with itself from the service cloud server 300 . According to the above list of smart home devices, the electronic device 100 can determine the functions that the smart home devices in the user's home can provide, and provide the user with a control interface for controlling multiple smart home devices with one key based on the above functions.
  • the third-party device cloud server 303 may refer to the cloud server of the manufacturer of the smart home device. There are many smart home device manufacturers, so the third-party device cloud server 303 may include cloud servers of multiple smart home device manufacturers.
  • the cloud server of a manufacturer of smart home equipment can be used to manage the smart home equipment produced by the manufacturer of smart home equipment, and store the data generated during the use of the smart home equipment produced by the manufacturer of smart home equipment. data. For example, multimedia data (such as pictures, videos, etc.), user account data, and the like.
  • the family cloud server 302 can be used to establish a communication connection with the third-party device cloud server 303 to obtain data such as multimedia data from the third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the family cloud server 302 can send the data obtained from the third-party device cloud server 303 to the business cloud server 300 and/or the electronic device 100 .
  • security authentication and authorization may be performed between the family cloud server 302 and the third-party device cloud server 303 first.
  • the home cloud server 302 passes the security authentication and authorization, the three-party device cloud server 303 can send the data requested by the home cloud server 302 to the home cloud server 302 .
  • the above-mentioned business cloud server 300 and static resource server 301 may be the same server.
  • the above-mentioned business cloud server 300 and home cloud server 302 may be the same server.
  • the static resource server 301 and the home cloud server 302 may be the same server.
  • the above-mentioned business cloud server 300, static resource server 301 and home cloud server 302 may be the same server.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the existence forms of the above-mentioned business cloud server 300 , static resource server 301 and home cloud server 302 .
  • These three servers may be separate server entities. Alternatively, multiple of the three servers can be different modules in one server.
  • FIG. 2A exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193 , a display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • pressure sensors 180A such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y and z axes
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip leather case.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the electronic device 100 may measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode.
  • Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 .
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature treatment strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the electronic device 100 may reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • a mobile operating system is taken as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2B is a software structural block diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the mobile operating system is divided into four layers, which are application program layer, application program framework layer, system library & runtime, and kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and smart life.
  • the smart life APP may be the APP used to control smart home devices in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the APP used to control the smart home device.
  • the smart life APP is specifically used as an example for illustration.
  • the smart life APP may include a control interface for controlling smart home devices.
  • the way a control interface controls smart home devices may be determined by the aforementioned control intent.
  • the smart home devices that can be controlled by one control interface may be the smart home devices included in one or more device groups after the smart home devices are grouped according to the types of functions in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned control interface may be presented in the user interface of the smart life APP in the form of a card, a control, or a component.
  • the smart life APP can also present home equipment data such as the operating status and monitoring data of smart home equipment.
  • the application package of the smart life APP may include a toolkit for generating the above-mentioned control interface and home device data presentation components.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and basic services.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompting text information in the status bar issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
  • the basic service can be used to determine the functions that can be provided by the smart home device bound to the electronic device 100 according to the relationship between the smart home device from the static resource server 301 and the control intention, function and skill.
  • the above process of determining the functions that can be provided by the smart home device bound to the electronic device 100 is the process of abstracting the functions from the user's control intention on the smart home device. In this way, the basic service can group the smart home devices according to the smart home devices contained under each function.
  • the toolkit interface can be included in the basic service.
  • the basic service can open the above-mentioned abstracted functions and the grouping of the smart home to the application program (such as smart life APP) with the toolkit.
  • the aforementioned toolkit may represent a toolkit for generating the aforementioned control interface and household device data presentation components. That is to say, based on the abstract functions of basic services and the grouping of smart homes, the smart life APP can use the above toolkit to generate the above control interface and home device data presentation components. In this way, users can view home device data and control smart home devices.
  • the smart life APP can send a notification to the basic service.
  • the basic service can trigger the electronic device 100 to send a control command to the corresponding smart home device according to the notification, so as to realize the corresponding function.
  • the basic service may trigger the electronic device 100 to send a control instruction to the corresponding smart home device to realize the corresponding Skill.
  • Runtime can refer to all the code libraries, frameworks, etc. required for the program to run.
  • the runtime includes a series of function libraries required for the operation of the C program.
  • the runtime in addition to the core library, the runtime also includes the virtual machine required for the Java program to run.
  • the above-mentioned core library may include functions that need to be called by the java language.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes at least a display driver, a camera driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
  • the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 will be exemplarily described below in conjunction with capturing and photographing scenes.
  • a corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, and other information). Raw input events are stored at the kernel level.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Take the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example.
  • the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer.
  • Camera 193 captures still images or video.
  • FIG. 3A to FIG. 3M schematically illustrate scenarios in which the electronic device 100 provides a control interface of a smart home device and presents data of the home device.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 310 .
  • User interface 310 displays a page on which application icons are placed.
  • the page may include multiple application icons (eg, a clock application icon, a calendar application icon, a gallery application icon, a smart life application icon 311, etc.).
  • a page indicator may also be displayed below the plurality of application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages.
  • Below the page indicators are multiple tray icons (eg, camera app icon, contacts app icon, dialer app icon, messaging app icon).
  • the tray icon remains displayed across page switches.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the content displayed on the user interface 310 .
  • the electronic device 100 may start an application program corresponding to the application icon or the tray icon.
  • the electronic device 100 may open the smart life APP and display a user interface 320 as shown in FIG. 3B .
  • User interface 320 may include family name 321 , family management controls 322 , number of devices 323 , add controls 324 , device options 325 , space options 326 , my home options 327 , device card display area 328 , and page option display area 329 . in:
  • a plurality of page options may be included in the page option display area 329 .
  • the plurality of page options may include Home Options, Store Options, Content Options, Scene Options, and My Options.
  • the above multiple page options can be used to switch the content presented by the user interface in the Smart Life APP.
  • the content presented on the user interface in the smart life APP may include the control interface and home device data of the smart home device that has a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the page options included in the page option display area 329 .
  • the user can check the smart home devices in his home under the home option in the page option display area 329 and control the smart home devices.
  • Family name 321 may be used to indicate the name of a family.
  • a family's name can be set by the user.
  • the family name 321 may be "Zhang San's home”.
  • the user interface of the smart life APP can present the control interfaces and home devices of the smart home devices in the family named "Zhang San's home”. data.
  • the family management control 322 can be used to manage the family in the smart life APP.
  • the above-mentioned management may include modifying the family name, switching the family displayed on the user interface of the Smart Life APP, deleting a family, creating a new family, adding or deleting members in a family, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the family management method in the smart life APP.
  • Device count 323 may be used to indicate the number of smart home devices in a household. For example, there are 25 smart home devices in a family named "Zhang San's home”.
  • Add controls 324 may be used to add smart home devices to a home.
  • the device option 325 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the smart home devices contained in a household.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the device card corresponding to the smart home device in the device card display area 328 .
  • the aforementioned device card may include the space where the smart home device is located in the home, the networking status of the smart home device, the working status of the smart home device, controls for turning on or off the smart home device, and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 can display more detailed information (such as power, operating mode, etc.) and more functional controls (such as temperature adjustment controls) of the smart home device indicated by the device card. , brightness adjustment controls, etc.).
  • the smart home device indicated by the device card in the device card display area 328 may be a smart home device in a family named "Zhang San's Home".
  • the electronic device 100 may display more cards corresponding to smart home devices.
  • the user can view the smart home devices in his home under the device option 325, and control each smart home device individually.
  • the My Home option 327 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the division of smart home devices included in a family according to their functions. That is, the user can view the home device data of the smart home device that provides a function (such as an environment monitoring function) under the option 327 of my home.
  • a function such as an environment monitoring function
  • the space option 326 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the division of smart home devices included in a family by space, and to control the control controls of all smart home devices that can provide a function in a space.
  • the method for controlling the smart home device by the above control control may be determined by the user's intention to control the smart home device.
  • each smart home device may have a space attribute.
  • the space attribute may be set for the smart home device when the user adds the smart home device.
  • the electronic device 100 may first determine the smart home devices included in each space of a family according to the space attributes of the smart home devices. Then, the electronic device 100 can determine which smart home devices can provide a function in a space according to the functional classification, and what the user's control intentions are for the smart home devices that can provide a function. According to the user's intention to control the smart home devices that can provide a function, the electronic device 100 can provide control controls for controlling all smart home devices that can provide a function in a space.
  • the above-mentioned method of providing a control control for controlling multiple smart home devices with one key according to the control intent and function will be introduced in subsequent embodiments. Let's not expand here.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 as shown in FIG. 3C .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a space card display area 331 on the user interface 330 .
  • the space card display area 331 may include space cards corresponding to respective spaces in one home. For example, living room card 332, master bedroom card, kitchen card 333 and so on.
  • the space card is introduced by taking the living room card 332 corresponding to the living room as an example.
  • the living room card 332 may include a living room component 332A, a lamp component 332B, an air conditioner component 332C and a humidifier component 332D.
  • the living room component 332A may include the name of the space (such as "living room"), the number of smart home devices in the living room (such as 5 devices), and data monitored by the smart home devices in the living room.
  • the data monitored by the smart home devices in the living room may include air quality (such as "excellent"), temperature (such as 28° C.), and humidity (such as 48%).
  • the data monitored by the smart home devices in the living room can reflect the environment of the living room. In this way, the user can quickly check the air quality, temperature and humidity of the living room through the living room component 332A.
  • more or less data monitored by smart home devices can also be presented in the space components in a space card (such as the living room component 332A, master bedroom component, kitchen component, etc.).
  • the type of data monitored by smart home devices presented in a space component may be determined by the type of smart home devices included in the space corresponding to this space component.
  • a living room contains air quality monitors, temperature monitors, humidity monitors. Air quality, temperature and humidity may be present in the living room component 332A.
  • the master bedroom contains temperature monitors and humidity monitors. Temperature and humidity can be present in the master suite.
  • the living room component 332A can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more detailed information and more operation controls of the smart home devices in the living room.
  • Light assembly 332B may include a full light on control and a full light off control. In some embodiments, there are multiple lights in the living room.
  • the full lights control described above can be used to turn on all the lights in the living room.
  • the All Lights Off control described above can be used to turn off all the lights in the living room.
  • All the electric lamps in the above-mentioned living room can refer to all electric lamps whose space attribute is the living room in a family (such as Zhang San's home).
  • the air conditioner assembly 332C may contain an on/off air conditioner control.
  • the air conditioning on/off control can be used to switch the air conditioning on or off in the living room.
  • the control for turning on/off the air conditioner is in the on state as shown in FIG. 3C , which may indicate that the air conditioner in the living room is turned on.
  • the electronic device 100 may instruct the air conditioner in the living room to be turned off, and change the control for turning on/off the air conditioner to the off state.
  • the electronic device 100 may instruct the air conditioner in the living room to be turned on, and change the control for turning on/off the air conditioner to an on state.
  • Humidifier assembly 332D may contain a humidifier on/off control.
  • the on/off humidifier control can be used to turn the humidifier on or off in the living room.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide one-key control controls for multiple smart home devices that can provide one function.
  • multiple lamps of the same or different types can provide lighting in a living room.
  • the light full-on control and the light full-off control in the light assembly 332B can facilitate the user to control (such as turn on or off) all the electric lights in the living room that can provide lighting functions with one key.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide a single control control in the space card to control one smart home device in one space.
  • the electronic device 100 may change the presentation state of the single control control to represent different states (such as on state, off state, etc.) of the smart home device controlled by the above single control control.
  • the only smart home device that provides temperature regulation in the living room is an air conditioner.
  • the on/off air conditioner control in the air conditioner component 332C can facilitate the user to turn on or off the air conditioner in the living room.
  • full-light control full-light-off control
  • air conditioner on/off control air conditioner on/off control
  • humidifier on/off control are the control interfaces provided by the electronic device 100 in the foregoing embodiments for controlling smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 as shown in FIG. 3D . It can be understood that due to the limited screen size of the electronic device 100, when the number of space cards is large, the electronic device 100 cannot simultaneously present all the space cards on the user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may adjust the space cards displayed in the user interface in response to the user operation of sliding up and down in the user interface. That is to say, the user can view different space cards through the aforementioned user operation of sliding.
  • the space card display area 331 in the user interface 330 may display a kitchen card 333 , a balcony card, an entrance card 334 and a wine cellar card 335 .
  • the kitchen card 333 may include a kitchen component 333A, a lamp component 333B, and a curtain component 333C.
  • the kitchen component 333A, the lamp component 333B, and the curtain component 333C reference may be made to the living room component 332A and the lamp component 332B in the aforementioned living room card 332 .
  • the balcony card may include the number of smart home devices on the balcony (such as 2 devices), and the icons of the smart home devices on the balcony (such as the icon of the sweeping robot and the icon of the door lock).
  • the porch card 334 may include the number of smart home devices in the porch (for example, 3 devices), and the icons of the smart home devices in the porch (such as icons for cameras and speakers).
  • the wine cellar card 335 may include the number of smart home devices in the wine cellar (such as 2 devices), and the data monitored by the smart home devices in the porch (such as air quality, temperature, humidity).
  • the electronic device 100 may determine the presentation content of the space card corresponding to a space according to the functions provided by the smart home devices included in the space.
  • the smart home equipment contained in a space can provide one or more of the following functions: lighting function, temperature adjustment function, sunshade function, humidity adjustment function, air purification function.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the space card corresponding to this space according to the styles of the living room card 332 , master bedroom card, and kitchen card 333 shown in FIG. 3C and FIG. 3D .
  • the space card may include a control component for controlling the smart home devices in the space, and a space component for viewing the smart home devices included in the space. If the smart home devices contained in this space can monitor data such as environmental information, safety protection alarm information, etc., the electronic device 100 can also present the data monitored by the smart home devices on the control component of this space.
  • the foregoing environmental information may include air quality, temperature, humidity, and the like.
  • the above safety protection alarm information may include water immersion alarm, gas leakage alarm, smoke alarm and so on.
  • the space component may be displayed on the left side of the space card, and the control component may be displayed on the right side of the space card.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the display positions of the space component and the control component.
  • the smart home equipment contained in a space cannot provide any of the following functions: lighting function, temperature adjustment function, sunshade function, humidity adjustment function, air purification function. Moreover, the smart home devices included in this space cannot monitor environmental information and security protection alarm information.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the space card corresponding to this space according to the style of the balcony card and entrance card 334 shown in FIG. 3D. Wherein, the space card may include the number of smart home devices in this space, and the icons of the smart home devices in this space.
  • the space card can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more detailed information (such as battery power, operation mode, etc.) of the smart home devices in this space.
  • the smart home equipment contained in a control cannot provide any of the following functions: lighting function, temperature adjustment function, sunshade function, humidity adjustment function, air purification function.
  • the smart home devices included in this space can monitor one or more of data such as environmental information, safety protection alarm information, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the space card corresponding to this space according to the style of the wine cellar card 335 shown in FIG. 3D .
  • the space card may include the number of smart home devices in this space, and the data monitored by the smart home devices in this space.
  • the space card can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more detailed information (such as battery power, operation mode, etc.) of the smart home devices in this space.
  • a space card may not be able to display all the control controls for controlling the smart home devices contained in this space at the same time. Two methods for adjusting the controls in the space card provided by the embodiment of the present application are introduced below.
  • FIG. 3D to FIG. 3E exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scene for adjusting control controls in a space card.
  • a light assembly 333B and a curtain assembly 333C are displayed on the right side of the kitchen card 333 .
  • the electric light assembly 333B includes controls for turning on all electric lights in the kitchen and controls for turning off all electric lights in the kitchen.
  • the curtain assembly 333C contains controls for opening all curtains in the kitchen and controls for closing all curtains in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 as shown in FIG. 3E .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a temperature control component 333D and a purification component 333E in the area where the control components are displayed on the kitchen card 333 .
  • the temperature control component 333D includes controls for turning on all smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the kitchen, and controls for turning off all smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the kitchen.
  • the purification component 333E includes controls for turning on all smart home devices that can provide air purification functions in the kitchen, and controls for turning off all smart home devices that can provide air purification functions in the kitchen.
  • the user can view different control controls through the user operation of sliding up and down in the display control component of the space card, and control corresponding smart home devices through these control controls.
  • FIG. 3F to FIG. 3M exemplarily show another scene schematic diagram of adjusting the control controls in the space card.
  • the adjustment of the control controls in the living room card 332 is taken as an example for specific description.
  • the electronic device 100 may display an editing control 341 in the user interface 330 .
  • the above-mentioned long press operation may be a long press operation acting on an area of the living room card 332 that does not display components (such as the living room component 332A, control components such as the light component, the air conditioner component, and the humidifier component).
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 350 as shown in FIG. 3H .
  • the user interface 350 may include a return control 351 , a page title 352 , an added icon display area 353 and an unadded icon display area 354 . in:
  • the return control 351 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to return to the previous user interface, that is, to display the user interface shown in FIG. 3G .
  • Page title 352 may be used to indicate that user interface 350 is a user interface for editing controls in living room card 332 .
  • Page title 352 may contain text content, such as "edit”.
  • the added icon display area 353 may contain the icons of the control components currently contained in the living room card 332 .
  • icon 353A for a light unit for a light unit
  • icon 353B for an air conditioner unit for an air conditioner unit
  • icon 353C for a humidifier unit for a humidifier unit.
  • the icons in the added icon display area 353 may contain delete controls.
  • a delete control included in an icon may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to remove the control component corresponding to the icon from the space card.
  • the unadded icon display area 354 may include added descriptions, and icons of control components not displayed in the living room card 332 among control components including control controls for controlling smart home devices in the living room.
  • the above adding instructions can be used to prompt the user how to add the control component in the living room card 332 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific content of the above additional description.
  • Icons in the unadded icon display area 354 may contain add controls.
  • the adding control included in an icon may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to add a control component corresponding to the icon in the space card.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt box 355 as shown in FIG. 3I on the user interface 350 .
  • the prompt box 355 may include a prompt content and a determination control 355A.
  • the prompt content can be used to remind the user that the display space in the living room card 332 is insufficient, and the existing control components in the living room card 332 need to be removed before the control components can be added.
  • the specific expression of the prompt content is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. That is, the area used to display the control components in a space card may only be the size area of the right half of the living room card 332 shown in FIG. 3G . When the size area on the right half of a space card is fully occupied by the control components, the electronic device 100 cannot add other control components to this space card.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 350 shown in FIG. 3J .
  • the user interface 350 reference may be made to the introduction of the user interface 350 shown in FIG. 3H in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the electronic device 100 in response to a user operation, such as a touch operation, on the delete control contained in the icon 353C of the humidifier component, the electronic device 100 can remove the humidifier component from the living room card 332 . Moreover, as shown in FIG. 3K , the electronic device 100 may also remove the humidifier component icon 353C from the added icon display area 353 , and add a humidifier component icon 354C in the unadded icon display area 354 . Add controls may be included in the icon 354C for the humidifier component.
  • a control component can be added to the living room card 332.
  • the control component that can be added may be a control component that includes control controls for controlling a single smart home device.
  • the electronic device 100 may add a curtain component in the living room card 332 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also remove the curtain component icon 354B from the unadded icon display area 354 , and add the curtain component icon 353D in the added icon display area 353 .
  • a delete control may be included in the shade component's icon 353D.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 as shown in FIG. 3M .
  • the control components displayed in the living room card 332 may include a lamp component 332B, an air conditioner component 332C and a curtain component 332E.
  • Shade assembly 332E may contain open/close shade controls. The open/close curtain control can be used to open or close the curtains in the living room.
  • control components that can be presented in a space card are limited.
  • the user can edit the control component presented in a space card (such as adding a control component, removing a control component), so that the control component presented in the space card is the control component desired by the user.
  • a control component in a space card can contain controls for controlling smart home devices.
  • the above-mentioned control components provide users with an entry to quickly control smart home devices. Users can choose to place their most commonly used control components (such as lamp components, air conditioner components, etc.) in the space card, so that they can quickly control their most frequently used smart home devices.
  • 4A to 4C exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scene of turning on all the lights in the kitchen with one key.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a kitchen card 333 .
  • the kitchen card 333 may include a light assembly 333B.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control instruction for turning on the lights to all the lights whose space attribute is the kitchen, so as to turn on all the lights in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may also determine whether the space attribute can be triggered to turn on all lights in the kitchen. If the space attribute can be triggered to turn on all the lights in the kitchen, the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 as shown in FIG. 4B . In FIG. 4B , the text prompt corresponding to the full light control in the lamp assembly 333B may be "executed".
  • the electronic device 100 can trigger all the lights in the kitchen in response to the user operation acting on the full light control in the light assembly 333B, the electronic device 100 can change the text prompt corresponding to the full light control in the light assembly 333B from " All lights on” changes to “executed”, and then changes from “executed” to “full lights”. This can prompt the user from the change of the control controls that the electronic device 100 has successfully executed the instruction to turn on all the lights in the kitchen.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the method for determining whether the electronic device 100 can trigger the turning on of all lights whose space attribute is the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine whether all lights in the kitchen are connected to the Internet. If the space attribute is that all lights in the kitchen are connected to the Internet, the electronic device 100 may determine that all lights in the kitchen with the space attribute can be triggered to turn on.
  • the electronic device 100 may acquire the status of all electric lights in the kitchen after receiving a control instruction to turn on the lights. If all the lights whose space attribute is the kitchen are turned on when receiving the control command to turn on the lights, the electronic device 100 may determine that all lights whose space attribute is the kitchen can be triggered to turn on.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn on the light to the light in the off state of the plurality of lights, so as to turn on another part of the kitchen that is off. status light.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine whether the space attribute can be triggered to turn on all lights in the kitchen. If it is possible to trigger the space attribute to turn on all the lights in the kitchen, the electronic device 100 can change the text prompt corresponding to the full light control in the light assembly 333B from "full light on” as shown in FIG. 4A to "executed” as shown in FIG. 4B. , and then change from Executed to Full Lights. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may only determine whether to trigger turning on of an off-state light whose space attribute is a kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 can change the text prompt corresponding to the full light control in the light unit 333B from “full light on” as shown in FIG. 4A to the one shown in FIG. 4B "Executed” and then change from “Executed” to "Full Lights On”.
  • one or more lights in the kitchen are offline (that is, not connected to the Internet), or there is a failure that causes the lights to fail to turn on in response to the light turn-on control command sent by the electronic device 100 (or the service cloud server 300 ).
  • the electronic device 100 may instruct the space attribute to send a control command to turn on the lights for all the lights in the kitchen.
  • the electric light that can respond to the control command for turning on the light can be turned on.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine that the one or more lights cannot be triggered to turn on (eg, the electronic device 100 has not received a notification that the one or more lights have been turned on successfully).
  • the electronic device 100 may change the text prompt corresponding to the full light control in the light assembly 333B from "full light on” shown in FIG. 4A to "execution failure” shown in FIG. For "lights on”. This can prompt the user from the change of the control controls that the electronic device 100 fails to execute the instruction to turn on all the lights in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the text corresponding to the full light control in the light unit 333B shown in FIG. 4C
  • the hint area shows partial execution. This may prompt the user 100 to trigger only some of the lights in the kitchen to turn on, while others fail to turn on.
  • the electronic device 100 can group smart home devices and provide users with control controls for controlling multiple smart home devices with one key.
  • the above-mentioned multiple smart home devices with one-button control may be smart home devices that can provide the same function.
  • the above-mentioned control controls can simplify the user operation for the user to control multiple smart home devices. And the user does not need to learn and understand various rules for grouping smart home devices, which reduces the difficulty for users to control smart home devices in batches.
  • the following describes a scenario of viewing smart home devices in a space provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 5A to 5D exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scene where the electronic device 100 displays smart home devices in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • a kitchen card 333 may be included in the user interface 330 .
  • a kitchen component 333A may be included in the kitchen card 333 .
  • the kitchen component 333A presents data monitored by smart home devices in the kitchen. For example, kitchen and bathroom protection alarm, temperature (such as 25°C), humidity (such as 52%).
  • the above-mentioned kitchen and bathroom protection alarm can indicate that the smart home equipment in the kitchen that can provide security protection functions detects that there is a safety problem in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 can prompt the user to deal with the safety problems existing in the kitchen by displaying the kitchen and bathroom protection alarm on the kitchen component 333A. If the smart home equipment in the kitchen that can provide safety protection functions detects that there is no safety problem in the kitchen, the electronic device 100 can display the kitchen and bathroom protection safety on the kitchen component 333A.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific expression form used to indicate the safety state of the kitchen on the kitchen component 333A.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 as shown in FIG. 5B .
  • the user interface 510 may include a return control 511, a page title 512, an environment information display area 513, and one or more function cards.
  • the above one or more function cards may include a kitchen protection component 514 , a lighting component 515 , and a sunshade component 516 . in:
  • the return control 511 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to return to the previous user interface, that is, to display the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 5A .
  • Page title 512 may be used to indicate that user interface 510 is a user interface that presents smart home devices in the kitchen.
  • the page title 512 may contain text content, such as "Kitchen”.
  • the environment information display area 513 can be used to display the environment information monitored by the smart home devices in the kitchen. such as temperature and humidity.
  • a function card can include one or more of the following: data monitored by all smart home devices that can provide a function, control controls for one-key control of all smart home devices that can provide a function, Control controls for a single smart home device among all smart home devices that provide a function.
  • the kitchen protection component 514 may include data monitored by smart home devices that can provide kitchen safety protection functions.
  • smart home devices that can provide kitchen safety protection functions may include water immersion monitors, gas monitors, smoke alarms, and valve monitors.
  • the gas monitor detects that there is a safety problem in the use of gas (such as the problem of gas leakage).
  • smoke detected by smoke alarms There are no safety concerns regarding smoke detected by smoke alarms.
  • the valve monitor monitors that the valves (such as gas valves, etc.) in the kitchen are all opened. Then, the electronic device 100 can display in the kitchen protection component 514 that it is safe for flooding, gas alarm, smoke safe, and all valves are open.
  • the above-mentioned gas alarm can be used to remind the user to deal with the safety issues of gas use in the kitchen in time.
  • the lighting component 515 may include a full-on control 515A, a full-off control 515B, a light 1 detail control 515C, a light 1 on/off control 515D, a light 2 detail control 515E, and a light 2 on/off control 515F.
  • the smart home devices in the kitchen that can provide the lighting function include electric lamp 1 and electric lamp 2.
  • Lamp 1 and Lamp 2 can be divided into a device group.
  • the full-on control 515A can be used to turn on all the smart home devices (ie, light 1 and light 2) in this one device group.
  • All off control 515B can be used to turn off all smart home devices in this one device group.
  • the full-on control 515A and the full-off control 515B reference may be made to the usage scenarios of the full-on controls shown in FIGS. 4A to 4C .
  • the light 1 on/off control 515D can be used to individually control the light 1 on or off. It can be known from the aforementioned user operations shown in FIG. 4A that the electronic device 100 turns on all the lights in the kitchen in response to the user operations acting on the full light control in the light assembly 333B. Then, the lamp 1 on/off control 515D and the lamp 2 on/off control 515F are in the ON state. The state of the light 1 on/off control 515D and the state of the light 2 on/off control 515F can represent the on/off state of the light 1 and the on/off state of the light 2 respectively.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn off the light 1 to turn off the light 1.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control instruction to turn on the light 1 to turn on the light 1.
  • the light 1 detail control 515C can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more control controls for controlling the light 1. Such as brightness adjustment controls, color temperature adjustment controls, etc.
  • electric light 2 detailed control 515E please refer to the introduction of electric light 1 detailed control 515C.
  • electric light 2 on/off control 515F please refer to the introduction of the electric light 1 on/off control 515D. I won't go into details here.
  • the electronic device 100 may adjust the function cards displayed in the user interface in response to the user operation of sliding up and down in the user interface. That is to say, the user can view different function cards through the above-mentioned user operation of sliding.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 510 as shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the function cards shown in FIG. 5C may include a sunshade card 516 and a temperature control card 517 .
  • the electronic device 100 in response to a user operation of sliding upward on the user interface 510 , the electronic device 100 may display the user interface as shown in FIG. 5D .
  • the function cards shown in FIG. 5D may include a decontamination card 518 .
  • the sunshade card 516 may include a fully open control 516A, a fully close control 516B, a curtain detail control 516C, a curtain opening/closing control 516D, a curtain detail control 516E, and a curtain opening/closing control 516F.
  • the temperature control card 517 may include a full-on control 517A, a full-off control 517B, an air conditioner detail control 517C, an air conditioner on/off control 517D, a fan detail control 517E, and a fan on/off control 517F.
  • the purification card 518 may include a fully open control 518A, a fully closed control 518B, a fresh air system detail control 518C, a fresh air system on/off control 518D, an air purifier detail control 518E, and an air purifier on/off control 518F.
  • the user interface 510 may also include the entire device display area 519 shown in FIG. 5D .
  • All devices display area 519 may include device cards of all smart home devices in the kitchen.
  • the device card shown in FIG. 5D reference may be made to the introduction of the device card shown in FIG. 3B.
  • the electronic device 100 can divide the devices according to the spatial attributes of the smart home devices, and further divide the smart home devices in a space according to their functions.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide a one-key control control for all smart home devices that can provide one function in one space. Users can view the smart home devices in a space through the space component in the space card, and control the smart home devices in this space in batches or individually. This can simplify user operations for users to control smart home devices.
  • FIG. 6A to FIG. 6D exemplarily show another scenario of controlling a smart home device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 .
  • the user interface 510 For the content contained in the user interface 510, reference may be made to the introduction of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 6B.
  • the lighting card 515 may contain a control display area 515G of the light 2.
  • the control display area 515G may contain brightness adjustment controls and color temperature adjustment controls. That is, the lamp 2 has the ability to adjust brightness and color temperature.
  • the control controls in the above control display area 515G may be in the usable state shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the electronic device 100 can adjust the brightness of the light 2 according to the user operation on the brightness adjustment control.
  • the light 2 on/off control 515F is in the ON state.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control instruction to turn off the light to the light 2.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 as shown in FIG. 6C .
  • the light 2 on/off control 515F is in the off state. This can indicate that the lamp 2 is off.
  • the control controls in the above control display area 515G may be in the unavailable state shown in FIG. 6C .
  • control controls for controlling the operating state of the light 2 such as the brightness adjustment control and the color temperature adjustment control cannot be used.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the expression form of the above-mentioned control widget being in an available state or an unavailable state.
  • the electronic device 100 may instruct all lights in the kitchen to turn on. Wherein, the electric light 1 is already in the ON state.
  • the light 2 in the off state can be turned on according to the light-on instruction of the electronic device 100 .
  • a message that the light 2 is turned on may be sent to the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 6D .
  • the light 2 on/off control 515F is in the ON state.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide a control control for controlling multiple smart home devices with one key. Users can not only control the control controls of multiple smart home devices with one key to quickly control these multiple smart home devices. Moreover, the user can trigger the electronic device 100 through the space component to enter into a control component including independent control of each smart home device among multiple smart home devices. Then, after the user controls these multiple smart home devices in batches, he can also adjust a single smart home device among the multiple smart home devices through the above-mentioned individually controlled control component, so that these multiple smart home devices are The functions provided by users can better meet the needs of users. The above embodiments can enable the user to manage multiple smart home devices in batches with one click and then fine-tune the smart home devices, instead of individually adjusting each smart home device. This can simplify user operations for users to control smart home devices.
  • FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B exemplarily show another scenario of controlling a smart home device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • control components in the space card may also include expansion controls in addition to the one-click control controls for turning on or off all smart home devices that can provide a function in a space.
  • the expanded control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display all control controls of all smart home devices that can provide a function in the above-mentioned one space.
  • the light assembly 333B in the kitchen card 333 is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • a kitchen card 333 may be included in the user interface 330 .
  • the kitchen card 333 may contain a light assembly 333B.
  • the light assembly 333B may include an expand control 711 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 720 as shown in FIG. 7B.
  • User interface 720 may include lighting card 721 .
  • the lighting card 721 also includes a view more control 722 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface for viewing smart home devices in the kitchen (refer to the user interfaces shown in FIGS. 5B-5D ).
  • the user can view all smart home devices that can provide a function in a space through the expanded control in the control component, and control these smart home devices in batches or individually.
  • FIGS. 8A-8F exemplarily show a scenario where an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application integrates a newly added smart home device in a home with an existing smart home device in the home.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • Add control 324 may be included within user interface 330 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the add option box 811 shown in FIG. 8B on the user interface 330 .
  • Add option box 811 may include add device option 811A, add scene option 811B, and scan option 811C.
  • the add device option 811A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to scan whether there is a smart home device nearby that can be added through short-distance communication such as Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.
  • the add scene option 811B may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a user interface for adding a scene.
  • the aforementioned user interface for adding a scene may include setting options for trigger conditions and trigger results. The above trigger conditions and trigger results can form a scenario for controlling smart home devices.
  • the scan option 811C can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to turn on the scanning device.
  • the scanning device can be used to scan data such as two-dimensional codes and barcodes.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the options in the adding option box 811 .
  • the add option box 811 may also contain more or fewer options.
  • the electronic device 100 may scan for nearby smart home devices that can be added, and display the user interface 820 shown in FIG. 8C .
  • the user interface 820 may include a return control 821 , a page title 822 , a scanning prompt 823 , a discovered device display area 824 , a manual adding control 825 and a scanning code adding control 826 . in:
  • the return control 821 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to return to the previous user interface, that is, to display the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 8B .
  • Page title 822 may be used to indicate that user interface 820 is a user interface for adding smart home devices to a home.
  • Page title 352 may contain text, such as "Add Device”.
  • the scanning prompt 823 may be used to prompt the user of the scanning status of the electronic device 100 .
  • "scanning" may indicate that the electronic device 100 is scanning for nearby smart home devices that may be added.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine whether there is a smart home device nearby that can be added through Bluetooth communication.
  • the electronic device 100 may broadcast a device discovery request through Bluetooth communication.
  • the smart home device with Bluetooth enabled can send a discovery response to the electronic device 100 through Bluetooth communication.
  • the electronic device 100 can scan the smart home device, and display the connection control of the smart home device in the user interface.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the method for the electronic device 100 to scan smart home devices.
  • the scan prompt 823 may also include content for prompting the user to add a smart home device.
  • the above considerations can include "Please ensure that the smart device is connected to a power source and located near the mobile phone”.
  • the discovered device display area 824 can be used to display the smart home devices scanned by the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 scans to a lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the name 824A of the lamp 3 and the connection control 824B in the discovered device display area 824 .
  • the above connection control 824B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to establish a binding relationship with the lamp 3.
  • the manual adding control 825 can facilitate the user to add smart home devices by manually inputting the information of the smart home devices to be added in the electronic device 100 .
  • the scan code adding control 825 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to start the scanning device. That is, users can add smart home devices by scanning data such as QR codes and barcodes.
  • scanning data such as QR codes and barcodes.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the implementation methods of manually adding smart home devices and scanning codes to add smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 830 shown in FIG. 8D .
  • User interface 830 may include add prompt 831 and time prompt 832 .
  • the adding prompt 831 can be used to prompt the operation steps for adding the electric light 3.
  • the user clicks the connection control 824B shown in FIG. 8C on the electronic device 100 it is also necessary to confirm on the light 3 to establish a binding relationship between the light 3 and the electronic device 100 .
  • the above-mentioned confirmation operation on the light 3 can be, for example, long press the button of the fuselage for 2 seconds after the red light of the light 3 is on.
  • the time prompt 832 can be used to prompt the user to confirm the remaining time on the lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a binding request to the lamp 3.
  • the light 3 can light up red.
  • the lamp 3 may send a binding confirmation message to the electronic device 100 .
  • a binding relationship can be established between the electronic device 100 and the lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may also send a binding notification to the service cloud server 300 after receiving the message confirming the binding.
  • the binding notification may be used to indicate that a binding relationship has been established between the electronic device 100 and the light 3.
  • the service cloud server 300 can store the binding relationship between the electronic device 100 and the lamp 3 according to the binding notification.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 840 .
  • the user interface 840 can be used to set the spatial properties of the lamp 3.
  • the user interface 840 may include a device name display area 841 , a space attribute option display area 842 , more controls 843 , and a completion control 844 . in:
  • the device name display area 841 may contain the name of the lamp 3, and a name modification control.
  • the above-mentioned name modification control can be used for the user to modify the device name.
  • Spatial attribute options display area 842 may contain one or more spatial attribute options. For example, living room options, master bedroom options, second bedroom options, kitchen options, study options, balcony options, etc. For example, in response to a user operation acting on the kitchen option, the electronic device 100 may change the state of the kitchen option to a selected state.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the expression form of the selected state of the space attribute option.
  • the more control 843 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more spatial attribute options in the spatial attribute option display area 842 .
  • the completion control 844 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to set the space corresponding to the selected space attribute option in the space attribute option display area 842 as the space attribute of the lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may set the space attribute of the light 3 to the kitchen. That is, a new smart home device, the electric light 3, is added to the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine that the light 3 is a smart home device that can provide lighting functions in the kitchen according to the space attributes, control intentions, and functions that the light 3 can provide, and the control intention of the light 3 includes turning on the light, turning off the light, adjusting brightness, Adjust the color temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine whether there is a smart home device that can provide lighting functions in the kitchen before the electric light 3 is added. If it is determined that there is already a smart home device capable of providing lighting in the kitchen, the electronic device 100 may divide the light 3 into the device group consisting of smart home devices that already exist in the kitchen and can provide lighting. Then, the control controls used to control all the smart home devices in this device group can control the lights 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a control control for controlling the electric light 3 alone.
  • the control controls for individually controlling the light 3 can refer to the air-conditioning controls in the air-conditioning assembly 332C shown in FIG. 3C.
  • the electronic device 100 may divide the light 3 into a light group composed of the light 1 and the light 2.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 .
  • the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 8F includes a lighting card 515 .
  • the lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 8F also includes a light 3 detail control 515H and a light 3 on/off control 515I.
  • the electric light 3 detail control 515H please refer to the introduction of the electric light 1 detailed control 515C.
  • the light 3 on/off control 515I please refer to the introduction of the aforementioned light 1 on/off control 515D.
  • the full-on control 515A in the lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 8F can be used to light the lamp 1, the lamp 2, and the lamp 3, and the full-off control 515B can be used to turn off the lamp 1, the lamp 2, and the lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn on the light to the light 3 to turn on the light 3.
  • FIG. 8A to FIG. 8E are only exemplary descriptions of a method for adding a smart home device provided by the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 can also add smart home devices to a family in the smart life APP in other ways.
  • a binding relationship may be established between the electronic device 100 and the smart home device.
  • the user can control the smart home devices in the home through the smart life APP in the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can integrate the smart home device and other smart home devices that can provide the same function into a device group. And provide control controls for controlling all smart home devices in this one device group. In this way, the user does not have to group newly added smart home devices every time after adding a new smart home device. This can help users control smart home devices more efficiently and simplify user operations for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 can group smart home devices, and provide control controls for controlling all smart home devices in a device group according to the user's control intent on the smart home devices. Further, the electronic device 100 may modify the above-mentioned device group in response to a user operation for modifying the smart home devices included in a device group. In this way, when the user uses the control controls of a device group to control all the smart home devices in the device group, the functions provided by the device group can better meet the needs of the user.
  • the following describes a scenario in which the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 9A to 9D exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scene where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove a smart home device in a device group from the device group.
  • the electronic device 100 combines three lamps (lamp 1, lamp 2, lamp 3) whose space attribute is the kitchen into a light group, and provides a full-on control and a full-on control for controlling all the lamps in this light group. Close the control. But the user wants to control only the lights 1 and 3 in the kitchen with the full on control and the full off control. Then, the electronic device 100 can remove the light 2 from the light group controlled by the full-on control and the full-off control according to the user operation.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 9A .
  • the user interface 510 may include a lighting card 515 .
  • the lighting card 515 may include one or more home appliance display areas.
  • the smart home devices corresponding to the one or more home device display areas may form a light group for providing kitchen lighting functions.
  • a home device display area may contain an icon, a name of a smart home device, and control controls for controlling the smart home device.
  • the one or more home appliance display areas may include: a light 1 display area 912 , an electric light 2 display area 913 , and an electric light 3 display area 914 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the removal control 911 shown in FIG. 9A.
  • the removal control 911 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group used to provide the kitchen lighting function.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group for providing kitchen lighting function, and display the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the display area of household equipment in the lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 9C only includes electric lights1 Display area 912, lamp 3 display area 914. The icon and name of the electric light 2 and the control controls for controlling the electric light 2 are removed from the lighting card 515 .
  • the full-on control 515A and the full-off control 515B in the lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 9C are only used to control the electric light 1 and electric light 3 in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 can still display the device card of the electric light 2 in the user interface for presenting the smart home devices in the kitchen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 .
  • the user interface 510 is a user interface for presenting smart home devices in the kitchen.
  • the user interface 510 may contain the entire device display area 519 .
  • All devices display area 519 may include device cards of all smart home devices in the kitchen. That is, the all equipment display area 519 may contain the lamp 2 card.
  • the user can trigger the electronic device 100 to individually control the light 2 through the control controls on the light 2 card.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of the smart home devices that the electronic device 100 has divided. For example removing a smart home device from a device group. Then, the control controls used to control the smart home devices included in this device group can no longer be used to control the above-mentioned removed smart home devices.
  • the above embodiments can make the control controls for controlling the smart home devices contained in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • FIG. 10A to FIG. 10C exemplarily show another scenario where an electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove a smart home device in a device group from the device group.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 720 .
  • the user interface 720 may be displayed by the electronic device 100 in response to a user operation acting on the expansion control 711 shown in FIG. 7A .
  • the user interface 720 may be a user interface for presenting lamp groups providing lighting functions in the kitchen.
  • User interface 720 may include lighting card 721 .
  • the lighting card 721 may include a light 1 display area 1012 , an electric light 2 display area 1013 , and an electric light 3 display area 1014 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the removal control 1011 shown in FIG. 10A .
  • the removal control 1011 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group used to provide the kitchen lighting function.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group for providing kitchen lighting function, and display the user interface 720 shown in FIG. 10C .
  • the display area of household equipment in the lighting card 721 shown in FIG. 10C only includes electric lights1 Display area 1012, lamp 3 display area 1014. Contents such as the icon and the name of the electric light 2 and the control controls for controlling the electric light 2 are removed from the lighting card 721 .
  • the full-on control and full-off control in the lighting card 721 shown in FIG. 10C are only used to control the electric light 1 and electric light 3 in the kitchen.
  • the scenes of modifying the grouping of smart home devices shown in Figures 9A to 9D and the scenes of modifying the grouping of smart home devices shown in Figures 10A to 10C are both to change the light 2 from the light used to provide kitchen lighting removed from the group.
  • the location of the user's remove operation is different in these two scenarios. That is, the electronic device 100 may provide multiple entries for the user to modify the grouping of smart home devices. This can facilitate users to quickly modify the grouping of smart home devices.
  • FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B exemplarily show another scenario where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove a smart home device in a device group from the device group.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 .
  • User interface 510 may include lighting card 515 .
  • the lighting card 515 may include a light 1 display area 912 , an electric light 2 display area 913 , and an electric light 3 display area 914 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt box 1111 shown in FIG. 11B on the user interface 510 .
  • the prompt box 1111 may include prompt content, a remove control 1111A, and a cancel control 1111B.
  • the above prompt content may prompt the user that the electronic device 100 detects a user operation for removing the lamp 2 from the lamp group used to provide the kitchen lighting function, and ask the user whether to confirm the removal of the lamp 2. This reduces the chances of the lamp 2 being removed by mistake.
  • the above prompt content can also prompt the user to remove the result of the light 2 (that is, the light 2 will not be controlled by the "lights on"/"lights off” control in the kitchen card after removal), and the result of removing the light 2
  • the operation method of dividing the lamp 2 into a device group that is, the lamp 2 can be added to a device group from the setting interface of the lamp 2 after removal).
  • the cancel control 1111B can be used to cancel the removal of the lamp 2.
  • the remove control 1111A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group used to provide the kitchen lighting function.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove the lamp 2 from the lamp group for providing the kitchen lighting function, and display the user interface 510 shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the usage method of the full-on control and the full-off control in the lighting card 515 can refer to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9C above. I won't go into details here.
  • the scenes of modifying the grouping of smart home devices shown in Figures 9A to 9D and the scenes of modifying the grouping of smart home devices shown in Figures 10A to 10C are both to change the light 2 from the light used to provide kitchen lighting removed from the group.
  • the removal operation for the user to remove the lamp 2 in these two scenarios is different. That is, the electronic device 100 may provide multiple operation modes for the user to modify the grouping of smart home devices. This can facilitate users to quickly modify the grouping of smart home devices by selecting their favorite operation mode.
  • FIG. 12A to FIG. 12D exemplarily show another scenario where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may add a smart home device to a device group in response to a user operation.
  • the lamps whose space attribute is the kitchen in a family include electric lamp 1, electric lamp 2, and electric lamp 3.
  • the electronic device 100 provides a one-key control control (such as a full-on control, a full-off control) of all lights in a light set for providing kitchen lighting functions (in subsequent embodiments, it may be referred to as a kitchen light set).
  • the above-mentioned lamp group for providing kitchen lighting function includes electric lamp 1 and electric lamp 3, but does not include electric lamp 2. But the user hopes to control all the lights in the kitchen light group with one key.
  • the control control can not only control the lights 1, 3, but also control the lights 2.
  • the electronic device 100 can add the light 2 to the kitchen light group according to the user operation.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 510 .
  • the user interface 510 may contain the entire device display area 519 .
  • All devices display area 519 may include device cards of all smart home devices in the kitchen. For example, lamp 1 card, lamp 2 card 519A, lamp 3 card, sheer curtain card and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 1210 shown in FIG. 12B .
  • the above-mentioned user operation acting on the lamp 2 card 519A may be a user operation acting on an area of the lamp 2 card 519A that does not display control controls (such as turning on/off the lamp control).
  • the user interface 1210 may include a light on/off control, a brightness adjustment control, a color temperature adjustment control, and a light group selection control 1211 . Not limited to the controls shown in FIG. 12B , the user interface 1210 may also include more or less control controls for controlling the light 2, as well as related information of the light 2 (such as manufacturer, usage time, working mode, etc.).
  • control for turning on/off the light the control for adjusting the brightness
  • control for adjusting the color temperature reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6B above.
  • the above-mentioned light group selection control 1211 can be used to select the light group to add electric light 2.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 1220 as shown in FIG. 12C .
  • the user interface 1220 may include a light group option area 1211 , more controls 1222 , a prompt information display area 1223 and a completion control 1224 . in:
  • the light group options area 1211 may contain one or more light group options. For example, living room lighting options, master bedroom lighting options, second bedroom lighting options, kitchen lighting options, study lighting options, and balcony lighting options.
  • the lamps included in the lamp group corresponding to a lamp group option may be one or more lamps that can be controlled by the control controls associated with the lamp group provided by the electronic device 100 . That is, a lamp group may not contain all lamps in a space.
  • the smart home devices included in other device groups (such as temperature control device group, curtain group, purification device group, etc.) One or more smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may change the state of the kitchen light group option to a selected state.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the expression form of the selected state of the above-mentioned light group option.
  • the more control 1222 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display more light group options in the light group option area 1211 .
  • the prompt information display area 1223 can be used to prompt the user to add the result of lamp 2 in a lamp group. That is, after the light 2 is added to a light group, the light 2 can be controlled by the control controls associated with this light group.
  • the finish control 1224 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to add the light 2 to the light group corresponding to the selected light group option in the light group option area 1211 .
  • the electronic device 100 can add the electric light 2 to the kitchen light group, and display the User Interface 1210 .
  • User interface 1210 may include light set options 1211 . It can be seen that the light group option 1211 shown in FIG. 12D may indicate that the light 2 has been added to the kitchen light group.
  • the user can realize one-key control of electric light 1, electric light 2, and electric light 3 through the control controls associated with the kitchen light group.
  • the electronic device 100 can also add the light 2 to the device group that provides functions other than lighting functions (such as temperature control function, sunshade function, etc.) according to user operations. That is, the control for selecting a light group 1211 shown in FIG. 12B may be a control for selecting a device group.
  • the light group option area 1221 shown in FIG. 12C may be a device group option area.
  • the equipment group option area may contain equipment groups other than light group options (such as temperature control equipment group, curtain group, purification equipment group, etc.).
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of the smart home devices that the electronic device 100 has divided. For example adding a smart home device to a device group. Then, the control controls associated with this one device group can be used to control the aforementioned smart home devices added to this one device group.
  • the above embodiments can make the control controls associated with one device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • 13A to 13D exemplarily show another schematic diagram of a scenario in which an electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may combine the smart home devices in multiple spaces, and provide a control for one-key control of the smart home devices in the multiple spaces for providing a function.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine the smart home devices contained in different spaces according to the space attributes of the smart home devices, divide the smart home devices that provide a function in one space into a device group, and provide the Control controls (that is, control controls for controlling all smart home devices in a device group).
  • the electronic device 100 provides the living room card 332 and the master bedroom card shown in FIG. 3C.
  • the living room card 332 may contain control controls for controlling smart home devices in the living room.
  • the master bedroom card can contain controls for controlling smart home devices in the master bedroom. That is, when the user wants to turn on the lights in the living room and the master bedroom, he needs to click the controls for turning on the lights in the living room card 332 and the master bedroom card respectively.
  • the above operations are relatively cumbersome.
  • the electronic device 100 can combine the smart home devices in the living room and the master bedroom according to user operations, and provide a one-button turn-on control for turning on the lights in the living room and the master bedroom. In this way, the user can realize one-key turn-on of the electric lights in the living room and the master bedroom by clicking a turn-on control.
  • a smart home device combining a living room and a master bedroom is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a space card display area 331 .
  • the space card display area 331 may include a living room card 332 and a master bedroom card 1311 .
  • the electronic device 100 can display the edit control 1312 shown in FIG. 13A.
  • the edit control 1312 may refer to the aforementioned edit control 341 shown in FIG. 3F .
  • the above-mentioned long-press operation may be a long-press operation acting on an area in the master bedroom card 1311 that does not display components (such as master bedroom components, electric light components, curtain components, and other control components).
  • the electronic device 100 may move the position of the master bedroom card 1311 in response to the user operation of dragging the master bedroom card 1311 .
  • the above-mentioned long press operation on the master bedroom card 1311 and the user operation of dragging the master bedroom card 1311 are continuous operations. That is, during the above long-press operation and drag-and-drop operation, the electronic device can continuously detect user operations on the screen through sensors such as touch sensors.
  • the electronic device 100 detects a user operation of dragging the master bedroom card 1311 to the direction where the living room card 332 is located.
  • the electronic device 100 can move the main bedroom card 1311 to the position indicated by the drag operation.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the merge indication component 1314 shown in FIG. 13B at the position where the living room card 332 is located.
  • the electronic device 100 detects a user operation for releasing the master bedroom card 1311 (such as the user dragging the master bedroom card 1311 away from the screen of the electronic device 100), the electronic The device 100 can combine the smart home devices of the living room and the master bedroom, and display the living room+master bedroom card 1315 on the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 13C .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the above-mentioned area A.
  • the above-mentioned area A may be an area whose size is A at the center of the location where the living room card 332 is located.
  • the size of the space card may be slightly larger than the size of the space card before receiving the long press operation (refer to FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B ).
  • the living room + master bedroom card 1315 may include a living room + master bedroom component 1315A, a living room + master bedroom light component 1315B, a living room + master bedroom air conditioner component 1315C, and a living room + master bedroom humidifier component 1315D. in:
  • the living room + master bedroom component 1315A can display the number of smart home devices in the living room and the master bedroom, as well as the monitored environment information.
  • the living room + master bedroom component 1315A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display user interfaces of all smart home devices including the living room and the master bedroom.
  • the living room + master bedroom electric light assembly 1315B may include a full light on control and a full light off control.
  • the electronic device 100 may combine the electric lights of the living room and the master bedroom into one light group, that is, the living room+master bedroom light group.
  • the full light control can be used to turn on all the lights in the living room + master bedroom light group.
  • the full light off control can be used to turn off all the lights in the living room + master bedroom light group.
  • the living room + master bedroom electric light assembly 1315B may also include an expansion control 1316 .
  • the unfolding control 1316 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display all control controls of all smart home devices that can provide lighting functions in the living room and master bedroom.
  • the living room + master bedroom air conditioner assembly 1315C may include an on/off air conditioner control.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that there is an air conditioner in the living room, but there is no air conditioner in the master bedroom. Then, when combining the smart home devices that can provide the temperature adjustment function in the living room and the master bedroom, the electronic device 100 determines that there is only one smart home device that can provide the temperature adjustment function in the living room and the master bedroom.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide an on/off air conditioner control shown in FIG. 13C to control the air conditioner.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that there are multiple smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the living room and the master bedroom.
  • the electronic device 100 can combine multiple smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the living room and the master bedroom into a temperature control device group, and provide one-key control controls for all smart home devices in the temperature control device group. (such as temperature control equipment full open control, temperature control equipment full close control, etc.).
  • a humidifier on/off control may be included in the living room + master bedroom humidifier assembly 1315D.
  • the living room + master bedroom humidifier assembly 1315D please refer to the introduction of the living room + master bedroom air conditioner assembly 1315C.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn on the lights to all lights in the living room+master bedroom light group. All the lights in the living room + master bedroom light group can be turned on in response to the above-mentioned control command for turning on the lights. Further, in response to a user operation acting on the expansion control 1316, the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 1320 shown in FIG. 13D.
  • User interface 1320 may include lighting cards 1321 .
  • the lighting guest sheet 1321 may include a fully on light control 1322 , a fully off light control 1323 , a living room light group card 1324 , a master bedroom light group card 1325 and a view more control 1326 . in:
  • the full light control 1322 can be used to turn on all the lights in the living room + master bedroom light group.
  • the lights all-off control 1323 can be used to turn off all electric lights in the living room+master bedroom light group.
  • the living room light group card 1324 may contain control controls for controlling all lights in the living room light group.
  • control controls for the content in the living room light group card 1324, please refer to the introduction of the kitchen lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the master bedroom light set card 1325 may contain control controls for controlling all the lights in the master bedroom light set.
  • control controls for the content in the master bedroom light set card 1325, please refer to the introduction of the kitchen lighting card 515 shown in FIG. 5B.
  • Both the card 1324 and the control controls in the master bedroom light set card for individually controlling each electric light can be in the open state as shown in FIG. 13D .
  • View more control 1326 may be used to trigger electronic device 100 to display a user interface for viewing all smart home devices in the living room and master bedroom.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of the smart home devices that the electronic device 100 has divided. For example, combining smart home devices in multiple spaces. Then, these multiple spaces can be equivalent to one space after being combined.
  • a device group can contain smart home devices in multiple spaces.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide a one-key control control for all smart home devices that provide one function in the multiple spaces. For example, the user can turn on all the lights in the living room and the master bedroom with one button, or turn off all the lights in the living room and the master bedroom with one button. This can make the control controls for controlling the smart home devices included in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 can still provide control controls for controlling one or more smart home devices in one space. That is, users can control multiple smart home devices in multiple spaces with one key, and control multiple smart home devices in one space with one key.
  • FIG. 14A to FIG. 14C exemplarily show another schematic diagram of scenarios for controlling smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a living room + master bedroom card 1315 .
  • the living room + master bedroom card 1315 may include the living room + master bedroom light assembly 1315B.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a message to the lights contained in the living room+master bedroom light group (such as the living room and master bedroom all the lights in) to send a turn-on command to turn on the lights contained in the living room + master bedroom light group.
  • the living room+master bedroom light group such as the living room and master bedroom all the lights in
  • the electronic device 100 in response to the user operation of sliding to the right on the full light control in the living room + master bedroom light assembly 1315B as shown in FIG. Such as all the lights in the master bedroom) send a light-on command to turn on the lights included in the master bedroom light group.
  • the electronic device 100 can send a light-on instruction to the lights contained in the living room light group (such as all the lights in the living room) to turn on The lamps included in the living room light set.
  • the prompt box 1411 shown in FIG. 14B can be displayed on the user interface 330 .
  • the prompt box 1411 can be used to remind the user that the electric lights (such as electric light 6 and electric light 7) in the master bedroom light group have been turned on.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 1320 .
  • a lighting card 1321 may be included in the user interface 1320 .
  • the lighting card 1321 may include a living room light group card 1324 and a master bedroom light group card 1325 .
  • the state of the control changes to the on state shown in FIG. 14C. It can be seen that in the living room light group card 1324, the state of the on/off light control for individually controlling each light (such as light 4 and light 5) in the living room light group is off.
  • the master bedroom light set card 1325 is used to individually control the on/off light control of each electric light (such as electric light 6 and electric light 7) in the master bedroom light set to be in the on state. That is, electric light 6 and electric light 7 are on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the user operation on the control controls of the above-mentioned one-key control of multiple smart home devices in multiple spaces.
  • the electronic device 100 can also respond to the user operation of sliding up or down on the control control of multiple smart home devices in the above-mentioned one-key control multiple spaces to control the multiple smart home devices located in one space. of smart home devices.
  • Fig. 14A to Fig. 14C From the embodiments shown in Fig. 14A to Fig. 14C, it can be seen that the user can control the multiple smart home devices through different user operations on the control controls used to control multiple smart home devices in multiple spaces with one key Smart home devices in one space.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments can meet the needs of the user who wants to control the smart home devices in one space separately after the smart home devices in multiple spaces are merged.
  • FIG. 15A to FIG. 15C schematically illustrate another scenario of controlling smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a living room + master bedroom card 1315 .
  • the living room + master bedroom card 1315 may include the living room + master bedroom light assembly 1315B.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the separated light group control 1511 .
  • the separated light group control 1511 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to change the living room + master bedroom light assembly 1315B into a control control for controlling the light group in the living room and a control control for controlling the light group in the master bedroom.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 15C .
  • User interface 330 may include living room + master card 1315 .
  • the living room + master bedroom card 1315 may include a living room light set component 1512 and a master bedroom light set component 1513 .
  • the living room light set component 1512 may include a light full-on control and a light full-off control for controlling electric lights in the living room light set.
  • the master bedroom light set component 1513 may include a full light on control and a full light off control for controlling the lights in the master bedroom light set.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the living room lamp group assembly 1512 and the master bedroom lamp group assembly in the living room + master bedroom card 1315 1513, instead of displaying the living room + master bedroom light assembly 1315B.
  • FIG. 16A to FIG. 16C exemplarily show another scenario where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may further separate the smart home devices in the multiple spaces according to user operations.
  • the electronic device 100 combines the smart home devices in the living room and the master bedroom, and provides controls for one-key control of all the smart home devices in the living room and the master bedroom that can provide one function. But users want to use separate controls to control smart home devices in the living room and master bedroom respectively. Then, the electronic device 100 can separate the smart home devices in the living room and the master bedroom.
  • the smart home device that separates the living room and the master bedroom is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a living room + master bedroom card 1315 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the separated space control 1611 shown in FIG. 16A.
  • the above-mentioned long-press operation on the living room+master bedroom card 1315 can be that there are components not displayed in the living room+master bedroom card 1315 (such as living room+master bedroom components, living room+master bedroom electric light components, living room+master bedroom air-conditioning components etc.) for user actions in the area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 16C .
  • the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 16C may include control controls for separately controlling the smart home devices in the living room and control controls for separately controlling the smart home devices in the master bedroom.
  • control controls for separately controlling the smart home devices in the living room
  • control controls for separately controlling the smart home devices in the master bedroom.
  • the user interface 330 may include a separate living room card 332 and a separate master bedroom card 1311 , and no longer include the living room + master bedroom card 1315 under the condition that the living room and the master bedroom are merged into one space.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide a control control that can control all smart home devices that provide a function in multiple spaces. Users can adjust the smart home devices that can be controlled by this control. For example, this one control control is changed into multiple control controls that can respectively control all smart home devices that can provide a function in each of the multiple spaces. In this way, users can adjust the smart home devices that can be controlled by the control controls according to their preferences and operating habits.
  • FIG. 17A to FIG. 17D exemplarily show another scenario where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may divide device groups according to functions that smart home devices can provide, and provide control controls associated with the device groups.
  • the control widget associated with the device group can be used to control all smart home devices in the device group.
  • a device group described above may consist of smart home devices that provide a function.
  • the electronic device 100 can respond to user operations to combine smart home devices that can provide different functions into one device group. In this way, the user can realize one-key control of smart home devices that can provide multiple functions through a control control.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide control controls for individually controlling all lights in the living room, and control controls for individually controlling the air conditioners in the living room. But users hope to turn on or off all the lights and air conditioners in the living room with one button. Then, the electronic device 100 can combine all the lights and air conditioners in the living room into one device group, and provide control controls for controlling the device group including the lights and air conditioners in the living room.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a living room card 332 .
  • the living room card 332 may include a light assembly 332B and an air conditioner assembly 332C.
  • the electronic device 100 may move the position of the air conditioner component 332C.
  • the electronic device 100 can move the air conditioner assembly 332C to the position indicated by the drag operation.
  • the electronic device 100 can combine the lights and air conditioners in the living room into one device group, and provide a light + air conditioner assembly 1712 in the living room card 332 shown in FIG. 17C.
  • the light+air conditioner component 1712 may include a light+air conditioner full on control 1712A, a light+air conditioner full off control 1712B, and an unfold control 1712C.
  • the full light + air conditioner control 1712A can be used to turn on all the lights and air conditioners in the living room.
  • Light + air conditioner full off control 1712B can be used to turn off all electric lights and air conditioners in the living room.
  • Expand control 1712C can be used to trigger electronic device 100 to display all smart home devices that can be controlled by light + air conditioner component 1712 (such as all lights and air conditioners in the living room).
  • the living room card 332 may include the light + air conditioner assembly 1712 instead of the separate electric light assembly 332B and air conditioning assembly 332C.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the position of the above-mentioned area B.
  • the above-mentioned area B may be an area whose size is B at the center of the position where the light assembly 332B is located.
  • the size of the control component can be compared to The size of the control component before receiving the long press operation is slightly larger (refer to FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B ).
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn on all the lights and air conditioners in the living room to turn on all the lights and air conditioners in the living room. Further, in response to a user operation, such as a touch operation, on the expansion control 1712C, the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 1720 shown in FIG. 17D .
  • the user interface 1720 may include a Lights + Air Conditioning card 1721 .
  • the light + air conditioner card 1721 may include a light + air conditioner full on control 1722 , a light + air conditioner full off control 1723 , a light card 1724 , an air conditioner card 1725 and a view more control 1726 . in:
  • the light + air conditioner fully on control 1722 can be used to turn on all the smart home devices in the light + air conditioner equipment group in the living room (such as all the lights and air conditioners in the living room).
  • the functions of the full light+air conditioner control 1722 are the same as those of the full light+air conditioner control 1712A shown in FIG. 17C .
  • Light + air conditioner full off control 1723 can be used to turn off all smart home devices included in the light + air conditioner equipment group in the living room.
  • the function of the light + air conditioner full off control 1723 is the same as that of the light + air conditioner full off control 1712B shown in Fig. 17C.
  • the light card 1724 may include control controls for controlling the lights contained in the light set in the living room.
  • control controls for controlling the lamp card 1724, reference may be made to the introduction of the lighting card 515 in the kitchen shown in FIG. 5B.
  • the air conditioner card 1725 may contain control controls for controlling the smart home devices included in the temperature control device group in the living room.
  • the control controls in the light card 1724 and the air conditioner card 1725 for individually controlling each smart home device can be in the open state as shown in FIG. 17D .
  • View more control 1726 may be used to trigger electronic device 100 to display a user interface for viewing all smart home devices in the living room.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit user operations for combining smart home devices with different functions.
  • the electronic device 100 in response to the user operation of sliding to the left on the full light + air conditioner control 1712A in the light + air conditioner assembly 1712, the electronic device 100 can instruct all lights included in the light + air conditioner group in the living room to turn on. In response to the user operation of sliding to the right on the light + air conditioner fully on control 1712A in the light + air conditioner assembly 1712, the electronic device 100 can instruct the air conditioner contained in the light + air conditioner equipment group in the living room to turn on. That is to say, in response to different user operations on the control controls for one-key control of smart home devices that can provide multiple functions in one space, the electronic device 100 can control the smart home devices that can provide different functions in this space. Control household devices.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of smart home devices that the electronic device 100 has divided.
  • multiple smart home devices that can provide different functions in one space are combined into one device group.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide control controls for one-key control of smart home devices that can provide multiple functions in one space. This can make the control controls for controlling the smart home devices included in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 can still provide control controls for individually controlling all smart home devices that can provide one of the above multiple functions. That is to say, the user can not only control multiple smart home devices that can provide multiple functions with one key, but also control one or more smart home devices that can provide one function with one key.
  • FIG. 18A to FIG. 18C exemplarily show another scenario where the electronic device 100 modifies the grouping of smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 after the electronic device 100 combines the smart home devices that can provide different functions, it can further separate the aforementioned smart home devices that can provide different functions according to user operations.
  • the electronic device 100 combines smart home devices that can provide lighting and temperature adjustment functions in the living room into one device group (light + air conditioner group), and provides one-button control of all smart home devices in the light + air conditioner group. Home appliance control widgets.
  • the user hopes to use separate control controls to separately control the smart home device that can provide the lighting function and the smart home device that can provide the temperature adjustment function in the living room.
  • the electronic device 100 can separate the smart home devices that can provide lighting functions and temperature adjustment functions in the living room.
  • a smart home device that can provide lighting functions and temperature adjustment functions in a separate living room is taken as an example for illustration.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a user interface 330 .
  • the user interface 330 may include a living room card 332 .
  • the living room card 332 may include a light + air conditioner component 1712 .
  • the electronic device 100 can display the separated light group and air conditioner control 1811 shown in FIG. 18A.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 18C .
  • the user interface 330 shown in FIG. 18C may include control controls for individually controlling smart home devices that can provide lighting functions in the living room, and control controls for individually controlling smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the living room.
  • control controls for individually controlling smart home devices that can provide lighting functions in the living room
  • control controls for individually controlling smart home devices that can provide temperature adjustment functions in the living room.
  • Fig. 18B and Fig. 18C Comparing Fig. 18B and Fig. 18C, it can be seen that after the user operates the smart home device that can provide lighting function and temperature adjustment function in the separated living room shown in Fig. 18A and Fig.
  • the air conditioner component 332C instead of smart home devices that can provide lighting functions and temperature adjustment functions, is merged into a light + air conditioner component 1712 in the state of a device group.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide one control control for controlling multiple smart home devices that can provide multiple functions. Users can adjust the smart home devices that can be controlled by this control. For example, changing this one control control into multiple control controls for separately controlling all smart home devices that can provide each of the multiple functions. In this way, users can adjust the smart home devices that can be controlled by the control controls according to their preferences and operating habits.
  • the electronic device 100 may obtain household equipment data such as the operating status and monitored data of the smart household equipment, and classify and display the household equipment data according to the functions that the smart household equipment can provide.
  • the above data categories may include home equipment data of smart home devices that provide environmental monitoring functions, home device data of smart home devices that provide network functions, home device data of smart home devices that provide security protection functions, and smart home devices that provide water functions. household equipment data, etc.
  • the following describes the scenario in which the electronic device 100 classifies and displays household device data provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a scene where the electronic device 100 displays data previews of multiple categories of household devices.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 1910 shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the user interface 1910 may include a home environment card 1911 , a home network card 1912 , a home security protection card 1913 , a common equipment control card 1916 , and a home water card 1917 . in:
  • the home environment card 1911 may display home device data of some smart home devices that provide environment monitoring functions. Such as the air quality, temperature and humidity of the whole house. That is, the home environment card 1911 can facilitate the user to preview the home device data of the smart home device that provides the environment monitoring function.
  • the home network card 1912 may display home device data of some smart home devices that provide network functions. For example network speed.
  • An acceleration control 1912A may also be included in the home network card 1912 .
  • the acceleration control 1912A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to accelerate the home network.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner in which the electronic device 100 accelerates the home network. That is, the home network card 1912 can facilitate users to preview home device data of smart home devices that provide network functions, and quickly use the home network acceleration portal (ie, the acceleration control 1912A) to accelerate the network.
  • the home security protection card 1913 may include a monitoring screen display area 1913A, an activation alert control 1913B and an exit alert control 1913C.
  • the monitoring picture display area 1913A can be used to display pictures taken by one or more cameras in the home.
  • the above-mentioned one or more cameras may be cameras with the same space attribute (such as a living room).
  • the monitoring picture display area 1913A can display the monitoring picture of a space, such as the living room.
  • the monitoring screen display area 1913A may include an expansion control 1914 and a playback control 1915 .
  • the above-mentioned expand control 1914 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the complete content of the home device data of the smart home device that provides the security protection function.
  • the above-mentioned play control 1915 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to play a monitoring picture captured by a camera in a space in the monitoring picture display area 1913A.
  • the start alert control 1913B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all smart home devices that can provide security functions to be turned on.
  • the exit warning control 1913C can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all smart home devices that can provide security functions to shut down.
  • the user can quickly check the monitoring screen of a space in the home through the home security protection card 1913, and realize one-key control of smart home devices that can provide security protection functions by turning on the warning control 1913B or exiting the warning control 1913C.
  • the common equipment control card 1916 may include a lamp assembly 1916A and a curtain assembly 1916B.
  • the light assembly 1916A includes a full light on control and a full light off control.
  • the full light control in the light assembly 1916A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all the lights in the home to be turned on, and the full light control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all the lights in the home to be turned off.
  • the curtain component 1916B includes a curtain fully open control and a curtain fully close control.
  • the curtain full open control in the curtain assembly 1916B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all the curtains in the home to open, and the curtain full close control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to instruct all the curtains in the home to close.
  • the frequently used device control card 1916 may place control controls for controlling smart home devices that are frequently used by the user. In this way, the user can quickly control his frequently used smart home devices through the control components in the frequently used device control card 1916 . Not limited to the control components shown in FIG. 19 for controlling lights and curtains in the whole house, the electronic device 100 can modify the control components in the common device control card 1916 in response to user operations.
  • the household water usage card 1917 may display household equipment data of some smart household equipment that provide water usage functions. Such as the quality of drinking water, the amount of clean water and the set temperature of the water heater. That is, the home environment card 1911 can facilitate the user to preview the household equipment data of the smart household equipment that provides the water function.
  • the user interface 1910 may also include more or fewer cards for previewing household device data.
  • the electronic device 100 can classify the household equipment data according to the functions provided by the smart household equipment, and display multiple categories of household equipment data preview cards on a user interface. Through the cards on this user interface, users can quickly understand the basic situation of the home in terms of home environment, home network, home security protection, and home water use.
  • the above-mentioned cards displaying multiple categories of home device data previews may also include one-click control controls for all smart home devices that can provide a function in the whole house (such as controls for accelerating the home network, turning on or off The control of the whole house safety protection equipment, the control of turning on or off the lights of the whole house, the control of opening or closing the curtains of the whole house, etc.), which can facilitate the user to control the smart home device and simplify the user operation of the user to control multiple smart home devices .
  • a function in the whole house such as controls for accelerating the home network, turning on or off The control of the whole house safety protection equipment, the control of turning on or off the lights of the whole house, the control of opening or closing the curtains of the whole house, etc.
  • FIG. 20A to FIG. 20C exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scenario where the electronic device 100 displays detailed content of home environment data.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 2010 shown in FIG. 20A .
  • the user interface 2010 may include a page title 2011 , a space option display area 2012 , a first environment data card 2014 , and a second environment data card 2014 . in:
  • the page title 2011 may be used to indicate that the user interface 2010 is a user interface presenting home environment data.
  • the above-mentioned home environment data is the home equipment data of the aforementioned smart home equipment that can provide the environment monitoring function.
  • Home environment data may include air quality, temperature, and humidity, among others.
  • the page title 2011 may contain text content, such as "Family Environment”.
  • the space option display area 2012 may contain one or more space options. For example, whole house options, kitchen options, living room options, kitchen options, master bedroom options, second bedroom options, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the environment data of the space corresponding to the space option selected in the space option display area 2012 in the user interface.
  • the environmental data of a space may be the environmental data monitored by the smart home devices in the space whose attribute is the space.
  • the whole house option in the space option display area 2012 is selected.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the environment data monitored by the smart home devices in the whole house on the user interface 2010 .
  • the first environmental data card 2013 can display various types of environmental data. For example, air quality, temperature, humidity, and the change trend of air quality over a period of time, etc.
  • what is displayed on the user interface 2010 is the environment data monitored by the smart home devices in the whole house.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the lowest temperature (such as 22° C.) and the highest temperature (such as 26° C.) of the whole house in the first environment data card 2013 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the lowest humidity (such as 34%) and the highest humidity (such as 48%) of the whole house in the first environment data card 2013 .
  • the second environmental data card 2014 may display a change trend of one type of environmental data within a period of time.
  • the second environmental data card 2014 may include an expand control 2014A.
  • the expand control 2014A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display one or more environmental data type options.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the environment data corresponding to the environment data type selected in the one or more environment data type options in the second environment data card 2014 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display on the user interface 2010 environmental data monitored by smart home devices in the master bedroom.
  • the user interface 2010 may include a master bedroom first data card 2015 , an environmental control display frame 2016 , and a master bedroom second data card 2017 . in:
  • the environmental control display box 2016 may include a temperature control control 2016A, a purification control 2016B, and a dehumidification control 2016C.
  • the temperature control control 2016A can be used to control the smart home equipment that can provide temperature adjustment function in the master bedroom.
  • Purification control 2016B can be used to control the smart home equipment that can provide purification function in the master bedroom.
  • the dehumidification control 2016C can be used to control the smart home equipment that can provide dehumidification function in the master bedroom.
  • temperature adjustment function may be sub-functions of the environmental function.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a type option box 2018 .
  • the type option box 2018 may contain one or more environment data type options. For example, air change options, temperature detail options, humidity change options.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the environment data corresponding to the environment data type option in the second environment data card 2014 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific manner in which the electronic device 100 displays the home environment data.
  • FIG. 20A to FIG. 20C the user can check the specific content of the air quality, temperature, humidity and other environmental data in the home through the home environment card 1911 shown in FIG. 19, so as to know the detailed status of the home environment.
  • FIG. 21 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a scenario where the electronic device 100 displays detailed content of home network data.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 2110 shown in FIG. 21 .
  • the aforementioned user operations acting on the home network card 1912 may be user operations acting on areas of the home network card 1912 that do not display control controls (such as the acceleration control 1912A).
  • the user interface 2110 may include a page title 2111 , a network distribution card 2112 , a network environment card 2113 , a networked device data card 2114 , and a device of interest data card 2115 . in:
  • the page title 2111 may be used to indicate that the user interface 2110 is a user interface that presents home network data.
  • the above-mentioned home network data is the home device data of the aforementioned smart home devices that can provide network functions.
  • the home network data may include location distribution of devices providing network access, network speed, number of devices connected to the network, and Internet access status of devices connected to the network.
  • the page title 2111 may contain text content, such as "Home Network".
  • the network distribution card 2112 can be used to show the location distribution of devices providing network access. As shown in FIG. 21 , the network distribution card 2112 displays the location distribution of network access devices (such as routers) on the first floor. In response to the user operation of sliding left or right on the network distribution card 2112 , the electronic device 100 may display the location distribution of network access devices located on other floors on the network distribution card 2112 . Wherein, the network distribution card 2112 can also be used to display the relationship between various network access devices. For example, home access parent route, living room sub route, master bedroom sub route, etc.
  • the network environment card 2113 can be used to display the speed status of the home network (such as "good").
  • the network environment card 2113 may include an acceleration control 2113A.
  • the function of the acceleration control 2113A is the same as that of the acceleration control 1912A shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the connected device data card 2114 can be used to display the number of online devices and the number of offline devices in the home.
  • One or more user options may be included in the device of interest data card 2115.
  • the electronic device 100 may display that the device associated with the user corresponding to this user option accesses the home network and uses the network. time, bandwidth and data usage, and more.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific manner in which the electronic device 100 displays home network data.
  • FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B exemplarily show a schematic diagram of a scenario in which the electronic device 100 displays detailed content of family security protection data.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 2210 shown in FIG. 22A .
  • the user interface 2210 may include a page title 2211 , a monitoring screen option area 2212 , a protection status 2213 , a protection component 2214 and a protection record 2215 . in:
  • the page title 2211 may be used to indicate that the user interface 2010 is a user interface that presents family safety protection data.
  • the above-mentioned home security protection data is the household equipment data of the aforementioned smart home equipment that can provide security protection functions.
  • Home security protection data may include images or videos captured by cameras, analysis of abnormal conditions detected by smart home devices that can provide alerts, and recorded data of alarms from smart home devices that can provide alarms.
  • the page title 2211 may contain text content, such as "Family Protection".
  • the monitoring screen options area 2212 may contain one or more monitoring screen options. For example, the living room monitoring screen option 2212A, the front yard monitoring screen option 2212A, the bedroom monitoring screen option 2212A, and the basement monitoring screen option 2212A.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the monitoring picture options corresponding to this space in the monitoring picture option area 2212 .
  • a monitoring picture option may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a monitoring picture captured by a camera corresponding to the monitoring picture option.
  • the protection status 2213 may be used to indicate the working status of the smart home devices that can provide security protection functions in the home. For example, the alert status shown in FIG. 22A is displayed on the protection status 2213, which may indicate that all smart home devices that can provide security protection functions in the home are in the on state.
  • the protection state 2213 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a user interface including relevant information and control controls of smart home devices that can provide security protection functions.
  • Guard assembly 2214 may include an open alert control 2214A and an exit alert control 2214B.
  • the function of opening the warning control 2214A may be the same as that of the opening warning control 1913B shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the function of the exit alert control 2214B may be the same as that of the exit alert control 1913C shown in FIG. 19 described above.
  • the entrance of the protection component 2214 is deeper than the entrance of the home safety protection card 1913 (that is, compared with the security protection card 1913, the user needs to perform more user operations to see the protection component 2214).
  • the control controls in the family safety protection card 1913 can facilitate the user to more quickly control all smart home devices that can provide safety protection functions in the family. This can simplify the user's operation of controlling multiple smart home devices that can provide security functions.
  • the user can also enter the user interface 2210 shown in FIG. 22A to control the smart home devices that can provide security protection functions.
  • the protection record 2215 may contain one or more protection records.
  • the above-mentioned protection records may include records of turning on or turning off smart home devices that can provide security protection functions.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 2220 shown in FIG. 22B .
  • the user interface 2220 can be used to display the detailed content of the security protection data in the living room.
  • the user interface 2220 may include a page title 2221 , a monitoring picture display area 2222 , a camera control control 2223 and a monitoring record 2224 . in:
  • the page title 2221 may be used to indicate that the user interface 2220 is a user interface showing detailed content of the security protection data in the living room.
  • the security protection data in the living room may include images or videos captured by a camera whose spatial attribute is the living room.
  • the page title 2221 may contain text content, such as "living room camera”.
  • the monitoring image display area 2222 can be used to display images or videos captured by a camera whose spatial attribute is the living room.
  • the camera control control 2223 may include one or more control controls for controlling the camera in the living room. For example, screenshot space, talkback controls, recording controls, and remote control controls.
  • the screenshot control can be used to take a screenshot of the content captured by the camera in the living room.
  • the intercom control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to send an instruction to turn on the microphone to the camera in the living room. In this way, the electronic device 100 can send the collected voice data to the camera in the living room.
  • the camera in the living room can play the user's voice through the microphone.
  • the recording control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to send a recording instruction to the camera in the living room, so as to instruct the camera in the living room to record video.
  • the remote control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to send a remote control instruction to the camera in the living room.
  • the command of the remote control can be used to instruct the camera in the living room to turn to change the shooting direction.
  • the camera control control 2223 may also include more or less control controls.
  • the monitoring record 2224 may contain one or more monitoring records.
  • a monitoring record can be an image or video captured by a camera in the living room within a certain period of time.
  • the electronic device 100 can classify the monitoring records according to the content in the monitoring records. For example, when multiple monitoring pictures in a monitoring record change, for example, one monitoring picture is a monitoring picture taken in the direction of the sofa in the living room, and another monitoring picture is a monitoring picture taken in the direction of the TV in the living room, the electronic device 100 can transfer these A monitoring record is classified into the category of "screen change".
  • the electronic device 100 may record this Surveillance records are classified as "someone moves".
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the manner in which the electronic device 100 classifies monitoring records into categories.
  • the user can view the specific category of the family safety protection data through the family safety protection card 1913 shown in FIG. 19 , so as to understand the safety status of the family.
  • FIG. 23 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a scenario where the electronic device 100 displays detailed content of household water data.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 2310 shown in FIG. 23 .
  • the user interface 2310 may include a page title 2311 , a water quality card 2312 , an equipment status card 2313 , and a hot water control card 2314 . in:
  • Page title 2311 may be used to indicate that user interface 2310 is a user interface presenting household water usage data.
  • the above household water use data is the household equipment data of the aforementioned smart household equipment that can provide water function.
  • Household water use data may include water quality data, consumable data of smart home devices that can provide water functions, working status of smart home devices that can provide water functions, and so on.
  • the page title 2311 may contain text content, such as "Household Water".
  • a water quality card 2312 may be used to demonstrate the quality of a household's water.
  • the device status card 2313 can be used to display consumable data of smart home devices that can provide water function. For example, the consumption of the filter element of the water filter.
  • the hot water control card 2314 may include control controls for controlling the electric water heater. For example, a control for turning on the electric water heater, a control for adjusting the temperature of the electric water heater, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific manner in which the electronic device 100 displays household water data.
  • the electronic device 100 may establish a binding relationship with the added smart home device.
  • the electronic device 100 can integrate the household equipment data (such as operating status and monitoring data) generated by the newly added smart household equipment into the card presented by the existing smart household equipment data.
  • the newly added smart home device is a smart home device that can provide security protection functions.
  • the electronic device 100 can integrate the home device data generated by the camera with the aforementioned home security protection data shown in FIG. 22A .
  • the newly added smart home device mentioned above is a camera.
  • the space attribute of this camera is porch.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the entrance monitoring screen options in the monitoring screen option area 2212 . Users can view the surveillance images captured by the camera located in the entrance through the entrance monitoring screen option.
  • the above embodiments can help users efficiently integrate household device data generated by smart home devices that can provide different functions, so that users can quickly check the status of home environment, home network, home security protection, and household water use.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide the user with control for controlling all smart home devices that can provide one function or multiple functions in a space. controls, or controls for all smart home devices across multiple spaces that provide a function or functions. That is, the user can enter the user interface triggered by the space option 326 shown in FIG. 3C , and manage multiple smart home devices in batches according to the division of space and/or function. This can simplify user operations for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 can integrate the home device data of all smart home devices that can provide a function, and display the integrated data to the user. That is, the household equipment data generated by all smart household equipment in the family can be presented in an orderly manner according to the classification of functions. In this way, it is convenient for the user to quickly check the status of the home environment, home network, home security protection, and home water use, without having to separately enter the relevant interface of each smart home device to view the data of the home device.
  • the electronic device 100 or the business cloud server 300 can link multiple smart home devices to provide users with intelligent services according to the functions provided by the smart home devices in a family.
  • the service cloud server 300 determines that a home is equipped with a smart home device that can provide an environment monitoring function.
  • the smart home devices that can provide environmental monitoring functions include air quality monitors and air purifiers.
  • the cloud server can send an instruction to the air purifier to turn on when the air quality monitor detects that the air quality in the home is poor (such as PM2.5 is lower than the preset air quality threshold). In this way, the air purifier can be turned on to purify the air quality in the home.
  • the electronic device 100 may also prompt the user that the air purifier has been turned on automatically.
  • the electronic device 100 may display prompt content for instructing the user to automatically turn on the purifier in the home environment card 1911 shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the electronic device 100 may push a notification message from the smart life APP. The notification message may be used to prompt the user that the air purifier has been automatically turned on.
  • the service cloud server 300 determines that the user's home is equipped with smart home devices that can provide security protection functions.
  • the smart home device that provides security functions includes a camera and a buzzer.
  • the cloud server can judge whether there is someone staying at the door according to the image or video data collected by the camera, and when it is judged that there is someone staying at the door, the buzzer will ring to warn.
  • the electronic device 100 may also remind the user that there is an abnormal situation at the door of the home.
  • the electronic device 100 may push a notification message from the smart life APP.
  • the notification message can be used to remind the user that there is an abnormal situation at the door of the home, and the buzzer is triggered to ring.
  • the electronic device 100 may classify the image or video when the camera monitors that someone stays at the door into the category of “people moving” in the monitoring record shown in FIG. 22B .
  • the electronic device 100 or the business cloud server 300 can also create more skills based on the smart home devices in the family, and realize these skills to link the smart home devices to provide users with intelligent services. It can be seen that the smart home device can be controlled by the electronic device 100 or the business cloud server 300 to provide corresponding functions, and the user does not need to manually operate, which can reduce the difficulty of the user's operation of controlling the smart home device and simplify the user's control of the smart home. User Actions on Devices. The creation and realization of the above skills will help users build smart homes, protect users' home security, and improve users' quality of life.
  • the following introduces a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 240 provided by an embodiment of the present application, and based on the communication system 240, the electronic device 100 provides control controls for batch control of smart home devices and a method for integrating information of home devices.
  • FIG. 24 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 240 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 240 may include an electronic device 100 , a business cloud server 300 , a static resource server 301 , a family cloud server 302 and a third-party device cloud server 303 . in:
  • One or more application programs for controlling smart home devices may be installed in the electronic device 100 .
  • smart home APPs may be installed in the electronic device 100 .
  • the smart home 1 APP mentioned above can be, for example, the smart life APP in the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the application package of the smart home APP may include a home equipment component 2430 and a component toolkit (kit) 2440 .
  • the household equipment component 2430 may include an environment monitoring equipment component 2431, a network equipment component 2432, a safety protection equipment component 2433, a lighting and shading equipment component 2434, a water equipment component 2345, a space card and details component 2436, and the like.
  • the presentation style of the network device component 2432 can refer to the home network card 1912 shown in FIG. 19 and the specific presentation content of the home network data shown in FIG. 21 .
  • Component toolkit 2440 may be used to implement various components in home appliance components 2430 . That is, the component toolkit 2440 can be used to determine the content presented on each component in the household equipment component 2430 .
  • the above-mentioned home equipment component 2430 and component toolkit 2440 may exist in the form of binary files. Among them, the home equipment component 2430 and the component toolkit 2440 can be reused by different smart home APPs. That is, the home equipment component 2430 and the component toolkit 2440 can be opened to multiple developers who develop smart home APPs.
  • the smart home APP that includes the home equipment component 2430 and the component toolkit 2440 in the application package can provide users with the services shown in the aforementioned scenarios of controlling smart home equipment and viewing home equipment data.
  • the electronic device 100 may also include basic services 2450 .
  • the basic service 2450 may be included in the application program framework layer of the electronic device 100 .
  • the basic service 2450 can communicate with upper-layer applications (such as smart life APP) through the communication interface 1.
  • the communication interface 1 may be a cross-process communication interface.
  • the communication interface 1 can facilitate APP developers to decouple the services provided by the basic service 2450 from upper-layer application services (such as providing control components for batch control of smart home devices), and simplify the operation of APP developers to develop APPs.
  • the basic service 2450 may include a component toolkit interface 2451 , a configuration parsing module 2452 , a device retrieval module 2453 , a function abstraction module 2454 , an intent execution module 2455 and a function opening module 2456 .
  • the component toolkit interface 2451 can be used for the component toolkit 2440 in the smart home APP to call the basic service 2450 to each component in the home equipment component 2430 . That is, the component toolkit interface 2451 is the application programming interface provided by the basic service 2450 for the smart home APP.
  • the component toolkit interface 2451 may be an Android interface definition language (android interface definition language, AIDL) interface.
  • AIDL android interface definition language
  • the configuration parsing module 2452 can be used to parse the intent configuration 2471 , function configuration 2472 and skill configuration 2473 from the static resource server 301 .
  • the above intent configuration 2471 may include a control intent that the user can control the smart home device.
  • the above control intention that the user can control the smart home device may also be referred to as the control intention of the smart home device.
  • the basic service 2450 can determine which control controls the smart home device can have according to the parsing result of the intent configuration 2471 .
  • a function can include smart home devices with which capabilities.
  • the basic service 2450 can classify the smart home devices according to the parsing result of the function configuration 2472 .
  • the above skill configuration 2473 can define the functions required by a skill, as well as the trigger conditions and trigger results for realizing this skill.
  • the basic service 2450 can create a skill according to the parsing result of the skill configuration 2473 .
  • the device retrieval module 2453 can be used to acquire smart home devices that have a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 from the device list management module 2462 in the business cloud server 300 . That is, the device retrieval module 2453 can be used to determine which smart home devices are included in a family.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can be used to abstract the control intent of smart home devices into functions. Specifically, the function abstraction module 2454 can determine which smart home devices in a family can provide according to the analysis result of the function configuration by the configuration analysis module 2452 and the smart home devices included in a family determined by the device retrieval module 2453. Function. Then, the function abstraction module 2454 can determine which smart home devices in a family can provide a function.
  • the intent execution module 2455 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to execute the control intent of the smart home device.
  • the smart home APP detects that there is a user operation on the control control for turning on all the lights in the living room light group.
  • the smart home APP can send messages to the basic service 2450 . This message is used to instruct to turn on all the lights in the living room light group.
  • the intention execution module 2455 may trigger the electronic device 100 to send a control instruction to turn on the lights to all the lights in the living room light group, so as to realize the control intention of turning on all the lights in the living room light group.
  • the function opening module 2456 can be used to open the functions abstracted by the function abstraction module 2454 to different smart home APPs. In this way, different smart home APPs can obtain from the basic service 2450 what functions can be provided by the smart home devices in a family.
  • the electronic device 100 may also include other modules, such as a communication module, a hardware driver module, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the application program used to control the smart home device.
  • it may also be other types of applications. For example, small programs, quick applications, distributed applications, etc.
  • the business cloud server 300 may include a skill creation module 2461 , a device list management module 2462 , a batch control module 2463 , a message correlation module 2464 , a skill status determination module 2465 and a blacklist management module 2466 . in:
  • the device list management module 2462 can be used to manage smart home devices in different families. For example, addition of smart home devices, deletion of smart home devices, change of space attributes of smart home devices, management of usage rights of smart home devices, etc. That is, the device list management module 2462 may store a device list of smart home devices that have a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 . It can be understood that the aforementioned smart home device that has a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 may be a smart home device associated with an account (such as account A) registered on a smart home APP in the electronic device 100 . When another electronic device, such as the smart home APP in the electronic device 100 , has an account A logged in, the smart home device associated with the account A can be considered to have a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 .
  • account A such as account A
  • the service cloud server 300 may send the device list including smart home devices that have established a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 in the device list management module 2462 to the electronic device 100 .
  • Skill creation module 2461 can be used to create skill instances.
  • the business cloud server 300 can obtain the skill configuration 2473 from the static resource server 301 .
  • the skill creation module 2461 can determine which smart home devices that provide functions are included in this family according to the skills defined in the skill configuration 2473 and the device list of the smart home devices in the device list management module 2462, so as to determine these Whether smart home devices can be used to implement skills defined in skill configuration 2743.
  • the service cloud server 300 may create a skill instance for this family, and when the home device data generated by the smart home device satisfies the triggering condition of the skill instance, Link related smart home devices to realize this skill.
  • the batch control module 2463 can be used to batch control smart home devices. For example, in the scenario where the electronic device 100 remotely controls smart home devices at home through the service cloud server 300, if the electronic device 100 receives a user operation that acts on the control controls of multiple smart home devices with one key, the electronic device 100 can send The service cloud server 300 sends instructions for controlling the multiple smart home devices. When receiving the instruction, the service cloud server 300 can realize batch control of multiple smart home devices requested by the electronic device 100 through the batch control module 2463 .
  • the message association module 2464 can be used to send the information reported by the smart home device to the electronic device (such as the electronic device 100 ) that has established a binding relationship with the smart home device.
  • the electronic device such as the electronic device 100
  • a gas monitor that has established a binding relationship with the electronic device 100 detects a gas leak.
  • the gas monitor sends information indicating gas leakage to the service cloud server 300 .
  • the message association module 2464 in the service cloud server 300 may determine that there is a binding relationship between the electronic device 100 and the gas monitor.
  • the message association module 2464 may trigger the service cloud server 300 to send a message notification to the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the message notification to remind the user of gas leakage in the home.
  • the skill status determination module 2465 may be used to determine the status of a skill instance determined by the skill creation module 2461 for a household.
  • the state of a skill instance may include whether the home device data generated by the smart home device used to realize this skill instance meets the trigger conditions for realizing this skill instance, the working status of related smart home devices during the realization of this skill instance, and Generated household equipment data, etc.
  • the blacklist management module 2466 can be used to manage the smart home devices that can be controlled by a control widget.
  • the foregoing management manner may include removing a smart home device from a device group that can be controlled by a control widget, adding a smart home device to a device group that can be controlled by a control widget, and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 provides a control control for controlling a living room lamp group.
  • the living room light group contains all the lights in the living room. That is, the control can be used to control all the lights in the living room.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a message to the service cloud server 300 indicating to remove electric light A from the living room light group.
  • the blacklist management module 2466 in the service cloud server 300 can add electric light A to the blacklist of the living room light group.
  • the smart home devices in the above-mentioned blacklist of the living room light group may not be controlled by the control controls used to control the living room light group.
  • the basic service 2450 in the electronic device 100 can communicate with the business cloud server 300 through the communication interface 2.
  • the above-mentioned communication interface 2 may be an HTTPS interface.
  • the basic service 2450 can receive data from the business cloud server 300 such as the list of smart home devices, skill instances, blacklists of smart home devices, and messages reported by smart home devices.
  • the static resource server 301 can be used to store and update intent configuration 2471 , function configuration 2472 and skill configuration 2473 .
  • the basic service 2450 in the electronic device 100 can obtain configuration files from the static resource server 301 through the communication interface 3.
  • the above-mentioned communication interface 3 may be an HTTPS interface.
  • the intent configuration 2471 may include control intents of smart home devices. Control intent may be determined by the type and capability of the smart home device.
  • the intent configuration 2471 may include a relationship table between smart home devices and their capabilities as shown in Table 1 below.
  • Table 1 may include a smart home device and the capabilities of the smart home device. "Y" in Table 1 may indicate that the smart home device has the capability indicated by a column corresponding to "Y".
  • the smart home devices in Table 1 can include smart home devices from multiple manufacturers. For example, camera air conditioner A produced by manufacturer A and air conditioner B produced by manufacturer B. Air conditioner A and air conditioner B may have different capabilities.
  • the capabilities of the smart home devices may be determined from capability parameters obtained from each smart home device. Among them, fields such as device type, device name, and capability parameters of the smart home device can be written in the smart home device.
  • the above capability parameters may include parameters indicating the capabilities of the smart home device, and control instructions that the smart home device can recognize.
  • the capabilities of the aforementioned smart home devices may also be obtained from the third-party cloud server 303 .
  • control intent of the smart home device contained in the intent configuration 2471 can refer to the following Table 2.
  • the above warning may refer to the smart home device monitoring whether there is an abnormal situation in the home security.
  • the above-mentioned alarm may refer to prompting the user when an abnormal situation occurs in the home security, or warning the target of a potential safety hazard.
  • the basic service 2450 in the electronic device 100 can determine which control controls the smart home device can have according to the parsing result of the intent configuration 2471 .
  • the control controls for controlling the camera may include a control control for triggering the camera to take pictures/videos, a control control for ending the pictures/videos, a control control for enabling alerts, and a control control for exiting alerts.
  • a function can include smart home devices with which capabilities. That is, the function configuration 2472 may contain rules for creating function instances.
  • Table 3 and Table 4 respectively illustrate the capabilities of the security protection function and the environment monitoring function that the smart home device needs to possess.
  • smart home devices with one or more of the following capabilities can provide security protection functions: photo/video recording, warning, and alarm. It can be seen from Table 4 that smart home devices with one or more of the following capabilities can provide environmental monitoring functions: temperature and humidity monitoring, air quality monitoring, temperature and humidity adjustment, and air purification.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the ability of the smart home device to provide a function.
  • the skill configuration 2473 functions required by a skill can be defined, as well as trigger conditions and trigger results for realizing the skill. That is, the skill configuration 2473 may contain rules for creating skill instances.
  • the skills configuration 2473 may include the following skills: alert when someone is detected staying at the door.
  • This skill requires smart home devices that can provide security protection functions, smart home devices that have the ability to monitor whether people are moving (such as cameras, human movement sensors, infrared sensors, etc.), and smart home devices that have alarm capabilities (such as buzzer).
  • the trigger condition of this skill can be that someone stays at the door, and the trigger result is a smart home device with alarm capability to warn.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the method for judging whether someone stays at the gate.
  • the service cloud server 300 can determine whether the person at the door stays at the door for more than a preset time according to the video captured by the camera. If the person at the door stays at the door for more than a preset time, the service cloud server 300 can determine that someone stays at the door.
  • Skill configuration 2473 may include the following skills: intelligent air purification. This skill requires smart home devices that can provide environmental monitoring functions, smart home devices with air quality monitoring capabilities, and smart home devices with air purification capabilities.
  • the trigger condition of this skill can be that the detected air quality is lower than the preset air quality, and the trigger result can be to turn on the smart home device with air purification capability.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the skills included in the skill configuration 2473 .
  • the skills configuration 2473 may also include the skills of children's growth records, the skills of energy consumption statistics, and so on.
  • the business cloud server 300 can integrate the children's data collected by devices with one or more of the capabilities of taking pictures, video recordings, height measurements, weight measurements, and positioning capabilities, and The aggregated child data is presented to the user.
  • the child development recording skills described above can help parents record changes in their children's development.
  • the business cloud server 300 can integrate energy consumption data such as electric energy consumption data of each smart home device, household gas consumption data, household water consumption data, etc., and the integrated energy consumption data presented to the user. This can facilitate the user to quickly understand the energy consumption in the home.
  • the business cloud server 300 may also push energy saving suggestions to the user according to the above energy consumption data to help the user reduce unnecessary energy consumption.
  • the family cloud server 302 can be used to interface with the third-party device cloud server 303 to obtain multimedia data.
  • the above multimedia data may include data monitored by smart home devices.
  • Multimedia data can be data in the form of text, image, video, sound, animation, etc.
  • the family cloud server 302 may include an authorization verification module 2481 and a multimedia data acquisition module 2482 . in:
  • the authorization authentication module 2481 can be used for identity authentication between the family cloud server 302 and the three-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the three-party device cloud server 303 can send the multimedia data requested by the home cloud server 302 to the home cloud server 302 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the implementation manner of identity authentication between the family cloud server 302 and the three-party device cloud server 303 .
  • identity authentication can be implemented between the family cloud server 302 and the third-party device cloud server 303 through OAUTH authentication service.
  • the multimedia data acquisition module 2482 can be used to request multimedia data from the third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the smart home device may send the monitored data to the third-party device cloud server 303 corresponding to its manufacturer.
  • the business party such as the electronic device 100 , the business cloud server 300 , etc.
  • the electronic device 100 or the business cloud server 300 can obtain the multimedia data stored in the third-party device cloud server 303 through the home cloud server 302 .
  • the electronic device 100 or the service server 300 may send the uniform resource identifier (uniform resource identifier, URI) of the multimedia data to be acquired to the home cloud server 302 .
  • the family cloud server 302 can request multimedia data from the third-party device cloud server 303 according to the URI.
  • the basic service 2450 can communicate with the family cloud server 302 through the communication interface 5.
  • the communication interface 5 may be an HTTPS interface.
  • the basic service 2450 can send the URI of the required multimedia data to the home cloud server 302 and receive the multimedia data sent by the home cloud server 302 .
  • the family cloud server 302 can communicate with the third-party device cloud server 303 through the communication interface 4.
  • the communication interface 4 may be an HTTPS interface. Through the communication interface 4, identity authentication can be performed between the family cloud server 302 and the third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the home cloud server 302 may send the URI of the required multimedia data to the home cloud server 302, and receive the multimedia data sent by the three-party device cloud server 303.
  • the family cloud server 302 may also acquire other types of home device information from the third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • Three-party device cloud server 303 Three-party device cloud server 303
  • the three-party device cloud server 303 may include an authorization verification module 2491 and a multimedia data storage module 2492 . in:
  • the authorization authentication module 2491 can be used for identity authentication between the three-party device cloud server 303 and the family cloud server 302 .
  • the three-party device cloud server 303 can query the multimedia data indicated by the URI in the multimedia data storage module 2492 according to the URI sent by the home cloud server 302 .
  • the third-party device cloud server 303 may send the multimedia data indicated by the URI to the home cloud server 302 .
  • the business cloud server 300 can also contain more or less modules.
  • the communication process between the electronic device 100 and the business cloud server 300 , the static resource server 301 , and the home cloud server 302 may be implemented by using a communication module (not shown in FIG. 24 ) in the electronic device 100 .
  • the data transmission process is simplified for the source of the data and the module that finally processes the data. That is, the basic service 2450 communicates with the business cloud server 300, the static resource server 301, and the home cloud server 302 through the communication interface shown in FIG. 24 , and other communication modules participate.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not describe the specific process of data transmission in detail.
  • Fig. 25 exemplarily shows a flow chart of a device control method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps S2501-S2507. in:
  • Steps S2501-S2504 the electronic device 100 divides the smart home devices into device groups, and determines the control controls associated with each device group.
  • the electronic device 100 (such as a mobile phone) can obtain a list of household devices from the service cloud server 300 .
  • the electronic device 100 can manage and control the smart home devices in a family through the smart home APP (such as smart life APP) installed by itself. Wherein, the electronic device 100 may establish a binding relationship with a smart home device in a family.
  • the service cloud server 300 may store a home device list including smart home devices bound with the electronic device 100 .
  • the device retrieval module 2453 of the basic service 2450 in the electronic device 100 may request the service cloud server 300 for a list of household devices.
  • the service cloud server 300 may send the home device list including smart home devices bound to the electronic device 100 in the device list management module 2462 to the electronic device 100 .
  • the home device list can be used to indicate the smart home devices bound to the electronic device 100 and the spatial attributes of each smart home device (such as kitchen, living room, master bedroom, etc.).
  • the electronic device 100 may acquire the intent configuration and function configuration from the static resource server 301 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of step S2501 and step S2052.
  • the electronic device 100 can analyze the intent configuration and function configuration, classify the smart home devices in the home device list according to the space attributes and functions, and obtain one or more device groups.
  • a device group includes a space that can provide a function of all smart home devices.
  • the configuration parsing module 2452 of the basic service 2450 in the electronic device 100 may analyze the intended configuration and the functional configuration.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can create a function instance according to the smart home devices included in the device list, the space attributes of each smart home device, and the parsing results of the above intention configuration and function configuration.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can determine which smart home devices are included in the home that can provide functions, and which smart home devices are included under each function according to the parsing results of the intention configuration and the function configuration. Further, the function abstraction module 2454 can divide the smart home devices included in each function into different device groups according to the spatial attributes. In this way, a device group contains all smart home devices in a space that can provide a function.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can determine that the smart home devices of the family can provide security protection functions and environment monitoring functions.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can create the security protection function instance shown in Table 6 below.
  • the safety protection function examples can indicate the smart home devices in the home that can provide safety protection functions and the capabilities of these smart home devices.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can divide the camera and buzzer into the porch security protection equipment group, and divide the infrared sensor into the balcony security protection equipment group.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can create the environment monitoring function instance shown in Table 7 below.
  • the environment monitoring function instance can indicate the smart home devices in the home that can provide the environment monitoring function and the capabilities of these smart home devices.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can divide environmental sensors and air purifiers into living room environment monitoring device groups.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 may not classify smart home devices according to spatial attributes.
  • the function abstraction module 2454 can divide all smart home devices that can provide a function in a family into a device group.
  • the above-mentioned cameras, buzzers, and infrared sensors are divided into the whole house safety protection equipment group.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a control control for controlling all smart home devices in a device group according to the control intent of the smart home devices in a device group.
  • a control control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to execute a control intent, and the control control Contains the doorway opening warning control for opening all safety protection devices in the doorway safety protection equipment group.
  • the control intentions of the smart home devices in the porch security protection device group may include: taking pictures/videos, ending pictures/videos, enabling alerts, exiting alerts, alarming, and ending alarms.
  • the electronic device 100 can provide the control controls for one-key opening of all devices in the entrance safety protection equipment group (such as opening the entrance warning control), and one-key closing of the control controls for all devices in the entrance safety protection equipment group (such as closing the entrance alert controls).
  • the basic server 2450 can send the classification of smart home device groups and the data indicating the control controls associated with each device group to the component toolkit 2440 in the smart life APP.
  • the component toolkit 2440 may instruct the electronic device 100 to realize the drawing and presentation of control widgets associated with each device group.
  • the control controls associated with a device group are control controls for controlling all smart home devices in a device group.
  • the style of the above-mentioned door opening warning control and closing door warning control can refer to the opening warning control 1913B and exit warning control 1913C shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the electronic device 100 may determine the style of the associated control widget according to the number of smart home devices included in the device group.
  • the control control associated with this device group can present the identification (such as name) of the smart home device in this device group to indicate that the control control is used to control This is a smart home device.
  • different states (such as on state and off state) presented on the control control can be used to indicate the state of this smart home device.
  • the control controls associated with this device group can appear in pairs (such as turning on the doorway warning control and closing the doorway warning control).
  • the component containing the paired control controls may also contain an expand control. The expand control can be used to view multiple smart home devices contained in this one device group.
  • Steps S2505-S2507 The electronic device 100 controls smart home devices in batches in response to user operations.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user operation for opening the warning control of the entrance.
  • the electronic device 100 sends a control command for turning on the alert to all the safety protection devices in the entrance safety protection device group.
  • the entrance safety protection equipment group includes cameras and buzzers.
  • the camera After the camera is on alert, it can take images or record videos. In a possible implementation manner, the camera may send the captured image data to the third-party device cloud server 303 .
  • the electronic device 100 can obtain the image data captured by the camera from the third-party device cloud server 303 through the home cloud server 302, and present the image data to the user.
  • the buzzer After the buzzer turns on the alarm, it can ring the alarm when receiving the instruction to ring the bell.
  • Steps S2508-S2512 the electronic device 100 integrates the smart home device newly added to the home with the existing smart home device in the home.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user operation for adding a door lock to the porch in the smart life APP.
  • step S2508 and step S2509 reference may be made to the process of binding the electronic device 100 and the lamp 3 in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A to 8D .
  • the electronic device 100 notifies the service cloud server 300 of establishing a binding relationship between the electronic device 100 and the door lock.
  • the business cloud server 300 updates the household device list.
  • the service cloud server 300 may add a door lock to the home device list including the smart home devices bound with the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 divides the door locks into entrance safety protection equipment groups according to the parsing results of the intent configuration and function configuration, and the spatial attributes of the door locks, and the control components associated with the entrance safety protection equipment groups can control the door locks.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control instruction for opening the security to the camera, the buzzer and the door lock of the entrance.
  • the door lock can activate the warning function of the door lock.
  • door locks have human movement sensors.
  • Door lock opening warning can include opening above-mentioned human body motion sensor to detect whether there is someone staying at the door.
  • Steps S2513-S2519 the electronic device 100 responds to the user's operation and modifies the smart home devices that can be controlled by the control controls.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user operation of canceling the control control associated with the entrance security device group to control the camera of the entrance.
  • step S2513 For the user operation in step S2513, reference may be made to the user operation for removing the smart home device shown in FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B.
  • the electronic device 100 sends to the service cloud server 300 a message of canceling the control controls associated with the entrance security protection equipment group to control the entrance camera.
  • the business cloud server 300 adds a door lock to the blacklist of the entrance security protection equipment group.
  • the blacklist management module in the business cloud server 300 can add door locks to the blacklist of the entrance security protection equipment group.
  • the smart home devices on the blacklist of the entrance security protection equipment group may be devices that are not controlled by the control controls associated with the entrance security protection equipment group (such as opening the entrance warning control, closing the entrance warning control).
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user operation for opening the warning control of the entrance.
  • the user operation in step S2516 may be the same as the user operation in step S2505.
  • the electronic device 100 obtains the blacklist of the entrance security protection device group from the service cloud server 300.
  • the business cloud server 300 may consider that the electronic device used to log in an account in the smart life APP is bound to the smart home device associated with the account. And the user may switch to different electronic devices to log in to this account in the Smart Life APP. Then, the blacklist of a device group is stored in the service cloud server 300 so that when the user switches the electronic device used to log in to the account on the smart life APP, different electronic devices can synchronously control the smart home devices controlled by the control.
  • the electronic device 100 may first obtain the blacklist of the entrance security protection device group to determine whether there is a device in the entrance security protection device group that is not controlled by the entrance warning control.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a control command to turn on the alert to the devices in the entrance safety protection device group that are not on the blacklist of the entrance safety protection device group.
  • the electronic device 100 may send a message to the entrance security protection equipment group that includes the camera, buzzer, and door lock, but not in the entrance security protection equipment group.
  • Devices on the blacklist send control commands to turn on the alert.
  • the user can only control the buzzer and door lock in the entrance safety protection equipment group by operating the opening or closing the entrance warning control, without triggering the entrance camera to turn on or close the warning .
  • the electronic device 100 may send a message to the service cloud server 300 in response to a user operation indicating that the camera at the entrance is controlled by a control control associated with the group of security protection equipment at the entrance.
  • the business cloud server 300 can remove the camera of the entrance from the blacklist of the entrance security protection equipment group according to the message.
  • the electronic device 100 may remove the camera of the entrance from the entrance security device group. Control controls associated with a doorway guard group are only used to control the devices contained in that doorway guard group. Then, after the camera in the entrance is removed from the entrance safety protection equipment group, the user can only control the buzzer and door lock in the entrance safety protection equipment group by opening the entrance warning control or closing the entrance warning control. The camera at the entrance will not be triggered to turn on or off the alarm.
  • Steps S2505-S2507, steps S2508-S2512, and steps S2516-S2519 are all optional steps.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of steps S2505-S2507, steps S2508-S2512, and steps S2516-S2519.
  • the user does not need to manually group the smart home devices.
  • the electronic device groups the smart home devices according to the functions of the smart home devices, the user can control multiple smart home devices in batches.
  • the multiple smart home devices may be the same type or different types of devices.
  • the above method reduces the difficulty for the user to control the smart home devices in batches, and simplifies the user operation for the user to control the smart home devices.
  • the electronic device 100 can integrate the smart home device and other smart home devices that can provide the same function into a device group, and provide a device for controlling all smart devices in the device group. Control widgets for home appliances. In this way, the user does not have to group newly added smart home devices every time after adding a new smart home device. This can help users control smart home devices more efficiently and simplify user operations for controlling multiple smart home devices.
  • the user can manually modify the grouping of smart home devices that the electronic device 100 has divided. For example removing a smart home device from a device group. Then, the control controls used to control the smart home devices included in this device group can no longer be used to control the above-mentioned removed smart home devices.
  • the above method can make the control controls for controlling the smart home devices contained in a device group better meet the user's needs, and simplify the user's operation for controlling multiple smart home devices.

Abstract

设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统。在该方法中，电子设备(100)可以按照家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能将家居设备划分为一个或多个设备组。一个设备组中可以包含一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有家居设备。电子设备(100)可以提供用于一键控件一个设备组中所有家居设备的控件。本方法可以满足用户对不同空间、不同类型的家居设备进行控制的需求，简化了用户批量控制家居设备的用户操作。

Description

设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统
本申请要求于2021年09月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111166936.8、申请名称为“设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及终端技术领域，尤其涉及设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统。
背景技术
随着物联网技术的发展，智能家居设备的使用越来越普遍。用户可以通过手机、平板电脑等电子设备中的智能家居应用程序(application，APP)来控制智能家居设备。在需要控制家中多个智能家居设备的场景下，用户需要在智能家居APP中分别对用于控制各个智能家居设备的多个控件进行操作。上述控制智能家居设备的过程中，用户操作较为繁琐。
发明内容
本申请提供设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统。该设备控制方法可以满足用户对不同空间、不同类型的家居设备进行控制的需求，简化了用户批量控制家居设备的用户操作。
第一方面，本申请提供一种设备控制方法。在该方法中，电子设备可以显示第一控件，上述第一控件与第一设备组关联。上述第一设备组可以包含第一空间内能提供第一功能的X个家居设备，上述第一设备组是上述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的。其中，上述X为正整数。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第一控件上的第一用户操作，可以向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备发送第一控制指令，上述第一控制指令使得接收到上述第一控制指令的家居设备执行上述第一控制指令指示的操作。
上述X个家居设备可以是第一空间内能提供第一功能的所有家居设备。
由上述方法可知，用户可以不用手动对家居设备进行分组。在电子设备根据家居设备的功用和/或空间属性将家居设备分组后，用户可以批量控制多个家居设备。这多个家居设备可以是一个空间中能提供一项功能的家居设备。这不仅降低了用户批量控制家居设备的难度，而且简化了用户控制家居设备的用户操作。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备可以显示第二控件。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第二控件上的第二用户操作，显示第一用户界面，上述第一用户界面可以包含上述第一空间内的Y个家居设备的设备信息，上述Y个家居设备的设备信息中的一个上述家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制上述一个家居设备的控件、上述一个家居设备的工作状态、上述一个家居设备监测的数据，其中上述Y为大于或等于X的正整数，上述Y个家居设备包括上述X个家居设备。
上述Y个家居设备可以是第一空间内的所有家居设备。
由上述实施例可知，用户可以通过第二控件来查看一个空间中的家居设备，并对这一个空间中的家居设备进行批量控制或者单独控制。这可以简化用户控制家居设备的用户操作。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述第一设备组中的家居设备有多个。上述电子设备 显示第三控件。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第三控件上的第三用户操作，显示第二用户界面，上述第二用户界面包含上述X个家居设备的设备信息，上述X个家居设备的设备信息中的一个家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制上述一个家居设备的控件、上述一个家居设备的工作状态、上述一个家居设备监测的数据。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备可以获取上述电子设备管理的家居设备监测的数据。上述电子设备根据家居设备能提供的功能确定上述家居设备监测的数据的类别；上述家居设备监测的数据的类别包含以下一项或多项：环境监控数据、网络数据、用水数据、安全防护数据。上述电子设备显示第三用户界面，上述第三用户界面包含一个组件或多个组件，上述一个组件上显示有一个上述类别的家居设备监测的数据。
由上述实施例可知，电子设备可以将家居设备监测到的数据按照环境监控数据、网络数据、用水数据、安全防护数据等类别进行分类，并分别呈现给用户。这样，用户可以快速地查看家庭环境、家庭网络、家庭安全防护、家庭用水等方面的状态，而不用再单独地在各个智家居设备的展示界面查看对应的家居设备数据。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备可以显示第四控件，上述第四控件可以与第二设备组关联，上述第二设备组包含上述第一空间内能提供第二功能的Z个家居设备，上述第二设备组是上述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，其中，上述Z为正整数；上述Z个家居设备包含于上述Y个家居设备。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第四控件上的第四用户操作，向上述第二设备组中的上述Z个家居设备发送第二控制指令，上述第二控制指令使得接收到上述第二控制指令的家居设备执行上述第二控制指令指示的操作。
上述Z个家居设备可以是第一空间内能提供第二功能的所有家居设备。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到第五用户操作，将上述第一控件与上述第四控件合并为第五控件。上述电子设备显示上述第五控件；上述第五控件与上述第一设备组和上述第二设备组关联。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第五控件上的第六用户操作，向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备发送上述第一控制指令，并向上述第二设备组中的上述Z个家居设备发送上述第二控制指令。
由上述实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备已经划分的家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个空间中能提供不同功能的多个家居设备合并为一个设备组。电子设备可以提供用于一键控制一个空间中能提供多项功能的家居设备的控制控件。这可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个家居设备的用户操作。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第五控件上的第七用户操作，将上述第五控件分离为上述第一控件和上述第四控件。上述第六用户操作和上述第七用户操作是作用在上述第五控件上作用方式不同的用户操作。
由上述实施例可知，电子设备可以提供用于控制能提供多项功能的多个家居设备的一个控制控件。用户可以对这一个控制控件所能控制的家居设备进行调整。例如，将这一个控制控件变化为用于分别控制能提供这多项功能中每一项功能的所有家居设备的多个控制控件。这样，用户可以根据自己的喜好与操作习惯来调整控制控件所能控制的家居设备，满足对不同空间、不同类型的家居设备进行控制的需求。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述第一控件和上述第二控件可被显示在第一卡片上。上述电子设备还可以显示第二卡片，上述第二卡片上显示有第六控件和第七控件。上述第六 控件与第三设备组关联，上述第三设备组包含第二空间内能提供上述第一功能的M个家居设备，上述第三设备组是上述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，其中，上述M为正整数；上述第六控件用于触发上述电子设备向上述第三设备组中的上述M个家居设备发送第三控制指令，上述第三控制指令使得接收到上述第三控制指令的家居设备执行上述第三控制指令指示的操作。上述第七控件用于触发上述电子设备显示第四用户界面，上述第四用户界面包含上述第二空间内的W个家居设备的设备信息，上述W个家居设备的设备信息中的一个上述家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制上述一个家居设备的控件、上述一个家居设备的工作状态、上述一个家居设备监测的数据。
上述M个家居设备可以是第二空间内能提供上述第一功能的所有家居设备。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述第一电子设接收到第八用户操作，可以将上述第一卡片和上述第二卡片合并为第三卡片。上述电子设备显示上述第三卡片，上述第三卡片上显示有第八控件；上述第八控件与上述第一设备组和上述第三设备组关联。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第八控件上的第九用户操作，向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备发送上述第一控制指令，并向上述第三设备组中的上述M个家居设备发送上述第三控制指令。
由上述实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备已经划分的家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将多个空间的家居设备合并。那么，这多个空间合并之后可以相当于一个空间。一个设备组可以包含多个空间中的家居设备。电子设备可以提供一键控制这多个空间中提供一项功能的所有家居设备的控制控件。例如，用户可以一键开启客厅和主卧中的所有电灯，或者一键关闭客厅和主卧中的所有电灯。这可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个家居设备的用户操作。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述第三卡片上还显示有第九控件。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第九控件上的第十用户操作，显示第五用户界面，上述第五用户界面包含上述第一空间内的上述Y个家居设备的设备信息，以及上述第二空间内的上述W个家居设备的设备信息。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第八控件上的第十一用户操作，向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备发送上述第一控制指令。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第八控件上的第十二用户操作，向上述第三设备组中的上述M个家居设备发送上述第三控制指令；上述第九用户操作、上述第十一用户操作、上述第十二用户操作为作用在上述第八控件上作用方式不同的用户操作。
由上述实施例可知，用户可以通过作用在用于一键控制多个空间中的多个家居设备的控制控件上不同的用户操作，来控制这多个家居设备中位于一个空间的家居设备。上述实施例可以满足在多个空间的家居设备合并后，用户想单独控制其中一个空间中的家居设备的需求。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第八控件上的第十三用户操作，将上述第八控件分离为第九控件和第十控件。上述第九控件用于触发上述电子设备向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备发送上述第一控制指令。上述第十控件用于触发上述电子设备向上述第三设备组中的上述M家居设备发送上述第三控制指令。
由上述实施例可知，电子设备在将多个空间中的家居设备合并后，可以根据分离设备组的用户操作，提供用于控制一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有家居设备的控制控件。这样，当多个空间的家居设备合并后，用户仍然可以单独控制其中一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有家居设备。上述实施例可以在简化用户控制多个家居设备的用户操作的基础上，满足用户对于部分家居设备单独控制的需求。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第三卡片上的第十四用户操作，可以将上述第三卡片分离为上述第一卡片和上述第二卡片。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，上述电子设备接收到第十五用户操作，上述第十五用户操作用于将第一家居设备添加为由上述电子设备管理的家居设备；上述第一家居设备为上述第一空间内能提供上述第一功能的家居设备。上述电子设备接收到作用在上述第一控件上的第十六用户操作，向上述第一设备组中的上述X个家居设备和上述第一家居设备发送上述第一控制指令，上述第一设备组中包含上述第一家居设备。
由上述实施例可知，对于新添加至一个家庭的家居设备，电子设备可以将该家居设备与其它能提供相同功能的家居设备整合为一个设备组，并提供用于控制这一个设备组中所有家居设备的控制控件。这样，用户可以不用在每次新添加一个家居设备后，都要对新添加的家居设备分组。这可以帮助用户更高效地控制家居设备，简化控制多个家居设备的用户操作。
结合第一方面，在一些实施例中，在显示上述第一控件之前，上述电子设备可以显示第十一控件，上述第十一控件与第四设备组关联，上述第四设备组包含上述第一空间内能提供第一功能的X+1个家居设备，上述第四设备组是上述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，上述X+1个家居设备包含上述X个家居设备和第二家居设备。上述第十一控件用于触发上述电子设备向上述第四设备组中的上述X+1个家居设备发送上述第一控制指令。上述电子设备接收到第十七用户操作，将上述第二家居设备从上述第四设备组中移除，得到上述第一设备组。
可以理解的，上述第一控件和上述第十一控件在用户界面上可以表现为同一个控件。
由上述实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备已经划分的家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个家居设备从一个设备组中移除。那么，用于控制这一个设备组中包含的家居设备的控制控件可不再用于控制上述被移除的家居设备。上述实施例可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个家居设备的用户操作。
第二方面，本申请提供一种电子设备。上述电子设备包括：通信装置、存储器和处理器，上述存储器可用于存储计算机程序，上述处理器可用于调用上述计算机程序，使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面中任一可能的实现方法。
第三方面，本申请提供一种芯片，该芯片应用于电子设备，该芯片包括一个或多个处理器，该处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行如第一方面中任一可能的实现方法。
第四方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得该电子设备执行如第一方面中任一可能的实现方法。
第五方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，其特征在于，当上述指令在电子设备上运行时，使得该电子设备执行如第一方面中任一可能的实现方法。
可以理解地，上述第二方面提供的电子设备、第三方面提供的芯片、第四方面提供的计算机程序产品、第五方面提供的计算机可读存储介质均用于执行本申请实施例所提供的方法。因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图；
图2A是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图；
图2B是本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备100的结构示意图；
图3A～图3M是本申请实施例提供的一些电子设备100提供智能家居设备的控制接口，以及呈现家居设备数据的场景示意图；
图4A～图4C是本申请实施例提供的一种一键开启厨房中所有电灯的场景示意图；
图5A～图5D是本申请实施例提供的一些查看厨房中的智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图6A～图6D是本申请实施例提供的一些控制智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图7A和图7B是本申请实施例提供的一些控制智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图8A～图8F是本申请实施例提供的一些整合智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图9A～图9D是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图10A～图10C是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图11A和图11B是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图12A～图12D是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图13A～图13D是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图14A～图14C是本申请实施例提供的一些控制智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图15A～图15C是本申请实施例提供的一些控制智能家居设备的场景示意图；
图16A～图16C是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图17A～图17D是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图18A～图18C是本申请实施例提供的一些修改智能家居设备分组的场景示意图；
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100展示多个类别的家居设备数据预览的场景示意图；
图20A～图20C是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100展示家庭环境数据的详细内容的场景示意图；
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100展示家庭网络数据的详细内容的场景示意图；
图22A和图22B是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100展示家庭安全防护数据的详细内容的场景示意图；
图23是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100展示家庭用水数据的详细内容的场景示意图；
图24是本申请实施例提供的一种另一种通信系统的结构示意图；
图25是本申请实施例提供的一种设备控制方法的流程图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中，在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，另外，在本申请实施例的描述中，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征，在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含 义是两个或两个以上。
智能家居设备的广泛应用可以使得人们在家中的生活更加舒适、安全和便捷。但家中智能家居设备的增多也对用户控制智能家居设备带来了困扰。例如，在需要开启客厅中的电灯、空调等多个智能家居设备时，用户往往要在智能家居APP中分别点击这多个智能家居设备的多个开启控件。上述繁琐的用户操作不便于用户高效地控制智能家居设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备(如手机、平板电脑等)中的智能家居APP可以根据用户操作，将智能家居设备中多个同类型的智能家居设备划分为一个设备组，并提供用于一键控制这一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控件。上述同类型可以包括照明类、温控类等等类型。例如，响应于将5个电灯划分为一个灯组的用户操作，智能家居APP可以将这5个电灯组成一个灯组，并提供开启控件和关闭控件。该开启控件可用于触发电子设备将这一个灯组中的5个灯全部开启。该关闭控件可用于触发电子设备将这5个灯全部关闭。
可以看出，在需要控制多个智能家居设备时，用户可以不用分别对用于控制这多个智能家居设备的多个控件进行操作。上述方法可以简化用户控制多个智能家居设备时的用户操作。但上述方法需要用户手动将多个智能家居设备划分为一个设备组，并且仅支持将同类型的智能家居设备划分为一个设备组。用户需要了解和学习划分设备组的规则，这给用户控制智能家居设备带来了一定的困难。另外，在需要控制不同类型的智能家居设备时，用户仍然需要多次点击相应的控件。用户操作仍然较为繁琐。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备中的智能家居APP可以根据用户操作，确定用于控制智能家居设备中多个同类型或不同类型的智能家居设备的触发条件和触发结果。上述触发条件可以包括接收到用户手动点击一个控件的用户操作、智能家居设备监测到的数据符合预设的数据等。上述触发结果可以包括上述触发条件所要触发的智能家居设备的标识、触发智能家居设备的方式等。例如，响应于将触发条件和触发结果设置为回家打开客厅的电灯和空调的用户操作，智能家居APP可以将客厅的电灯和空调划分为一个设备组，并提供用于指示回家的控件。响应于作用在上述指示回家的控件的用户操作，电子设备可以向客厅的电灯和空调发送开启的指令，从而开启客厅的电灯和空调。
可以看出，上述方法可以使得用户能够批量控制多个同类型或不同类型的智能家居设备，简化了用户控制多个智能家居设备时的用户操作。但上述方法需要用户手动设置触发条件和触发结果。即用户需要先学习各个触发条件表达的意思，并根据各个智能家居设备的能力编排触发结果。用户在具体的操作过程中仍然存在较大的困难。
本申请提供一种设备控制方法。该方法可以方便用户高效、便捷地控制智能家居设备。电子设备可以根据智能家居设备的类型和能力将多个智能家居设备划分为一个或多个设备组，并提供用于一键控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控件。其中，一个设备组可以包括可用于提供一项功能或多项功能的智能家居设备。
上述功能的类型可以包括照明功能、遮阳功能、环境监控功能、安全防护功能、网络功能、用水功能等等。电子设备可以根据智能家居设备的类型和能力来确定该智能家居设备属于实现哪一项功能的智能家居设备。
在一些实施例中，电子设备还可以根据智能家居设备的空间属性对智能家居设备进行分类。上述智能家居设备的空间属性可以表示智能家居设备所在的位置。例如，智能家居设备的空间属性为厨房，可以表示该智能家居设备位于厨房。根据智能家居设备的空间属性，电 子设备100可以将多个智能家居设备划分为与各个空间对应的设备组。例如，一个设备组中可以包含具有相同空间属性的多个智能家居设备。电子设备可以提供用于一键控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控件。例如，一键开启客厅中的电灯、空调等智能家居设备。
可选的，电子设备可以结合智能家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能将智能家居设备划分为一个或多个设备组，并提供用于一键控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控件。例如，一个设备组可以包括一个控件中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备。
可以看出，在上述方法中，用户可以不用手动对智能家居设备进行分组。在电子设备根据智能家居设备的功用和/或空间属性将智能家居设备分组后，用户可以批量控制多个智能家居设备。这多个智能家居设备可以是同类型的或者不同类型的设备。这多个智能家居设备也可以是位于同一个空间或者不同空间的设备。上述方法中电子设备提供的用于控制智能家居设备的控制控件可以满足用户对不同空间、不同类型的智能家居设备进行控制的需求。这不仅降低了用户批量控制智能家居设备的难度，而且简化了用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
上述空间可以表示一个具体的位置。在不同的场景下，空间可以具有不同的划分方式。
例如，一个家庭中的不同位置可以具有不同的用途。在一个家庭中，一个空间可以是具有一种用途的位置。家庭中的空间可以包括玄关、客厅、厨房、主卧、次卧、书房、阳台、卫生间等等。再例如，一幢房屋具有不同的楼层。这一幢房屋中的空间可以以楼层为单位进行划分。这一幢房屋中的空间可以包括一楼、二楼、三楼等等。再例如，一幢房屋具有不同的房间。不同的房间之间均被实物(如墙体)分隔。这一幢房屋中的空间可以以被实物分隔的房间为单位进行划分。这一幢房屋中的空间可以包括房间A、房间B、房间C等等。再例如，一个展区中的不同位置可用于展示不同的物品。展示不同物品的区域之间没有被实物分隔。这一个展区中的空间可以以展示不同的物品的区域为单位进行划分。这一个展区中的空间可以包括物品A展区、物品B展区、物品C展区等等。
不限于上述一个层级的划分方式，空间还可以具有多级划分。即智能家居设备的空间属性可以具有多个层级。
例如，一幢房屋具有不同的楼层(如一楼、二楼、三楼)。每一个楼层具有多个房间(如三楼的房间301、房间302)。一个房间中包含具有不同用途的区域(如房间302中的卧室、卫生间)。一个智能家居设备位于这一幢房屋三楼的房间302中的卧室。那么这一个智能家居设备的空间属性可以为三楼-房间302-卧室。
可以理解的，在智能家居设备的空间属性具有多个层级的情况下，电子设备提供的用于控制智能家居设备的控制控件也可以具有多个层级。例如，电子设备可以提供用于控制上述一幢房屋中三楼所有智能家居设备的控制控件、用于控制三楼中一个房间内所有智能家居设备的控制控件、用于控制一个房间内具有不同用途的区域包含的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。
本申请实施例对空间的划分方式不作限定。
为了便于理解，这里对本申请中设备控制方法涉及的一些概念进行具体介绍。
1、控制意图
控制意图可以表示用户可对智能家居设备进行控制的方式。控制意图可以由智能家居设备的类型(device type)和能力(ability)来确定。例如，用户对电灯的控制意图可以包括开灯、关灯、调节亮度、调节色温。用户对空调的控制意图可以包括开空调、关空调、调节温 度。用户对窗帘的控制意图可以包括开窗帘、关窗帘、调节窗帘开合度。
2、功能(function)
功能可以包含不同控制意图的组合。即用户对智能家居设备的不同控制意图可以被组合起来提供一项功能。一项功能可以满足用户一种类型的需求。其中，功能的类型可以包括照明功能、遮阳功能、环境监控功能、安全防护功能、网络功能、用水功能等等。
例如，照明功能中的控制意图可以包括：开灯、关灯、调节亮度、调节色温。即具有亮度调节、色温调节等能力的智能家居设备(如电灯)可用于提供照明功能。照明功能可以满足用户照明的需求。
遮阳功能中的控制意图可以包括：开窗帘、关窗帘、调节窗帘开合度。即具有窗帘开合度调节等能力的窗帘可用于提供遮阳功能。遮阳功能可以满足用户遮阳防晒的需求。
环境监控功能中的控制意图可以包括：开启或关闭空气质量监测器、开启或关闭空气净化器、调节空气净化模式、开启或关闭温度监测器、开启或关闭空调、调节温度、开启或关闭湿度监测器、开启或关闭加湿器、开启或关闭除湿器。即具有空气质量监测、空气净化、温度监测、温度调节、湿度监测、湿度调节等能力的智能家居设备可用于提供环境监控功能。环境监控功能可以满足用户空气净化、温度调节、湿度调节的需求。
安全防护功能中的控制意图可以包括：开启或关闭摄像头、开启或关闭门锁、开启或关闭人体移动传感器、开启或关闭蜂鸣器。即具有拍照、录像、警戒和报警灯能力的智能家居设备可用于提供安全防护功能。安全防护功能可以满足用户监控和保护家中安全的需求。
网络功能中的控制意图可以包括：开启或关闭网络接入设备、网络加速、管理接入网络接入设备的设备。即具有网络加速、管理网络接入设备等能力的智能家居设备(如路由器)可用于提供网络功能。网络功能可以满足用户上网的需求。
用水功能中的控制意图可以包括：开启或关闭水质监测器、开启或关闭热水器、调节水温、开启或关闭水量监测器。即具有水质监测、水量监测、水温调节的智能家居设备可用于提供用水功能。用水功能可以满足用户用水的需求。
由上述控制意图和功能的概念可以看出，上述控制意图描述的是智能家居设备所具有的控制方式。上述功能描述的是智能家居设备所能满足的用户的需求。本申请中的设备控制方法可以根据功能的类型对智能家居设备分组，并基于控制意图为用户提供控制接口。该控制接口可以包括一键开启一个设备组中多个智能家居设备的控件、一键调节一个设备组中多个智能家居设备的运行模式的控件等。
可以理解的，上述智能家居设备的分组方式是依据用户的需求层次划分的。这可以使得智能家居设备的控制方法更好地满足用户的居住需求，简化用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
3、技能(skill)
技能可以表示在智能家居设备所能提供的功能(function)的基础上，联动多个智能家居设备来为用户提供智能化服务。其中，电子设备或云服务器可以确定出用户家中配置有的智能家居设备，并获取用户数据、家中的环境数据以及这些智能家居设备的状态数据。根据上述用户数据、家中的环境数据以及智能家居设备的状态数据，电子设备或云服务器可以联动多个智能家居设备实现一项或多项技能。上述用户数据可以包括节律习惯、离家和回家的时 间等等。上述家中的环境数据可以包括环境亮度、环境温度、环境湿度、空气质量、用水质量、燃气使用状态等等。智能家居设备的状态数据可以包括开启或关闭状态、工作的模式等等。
技能可以包括根据用户的节律习惯调节电灯的亮度和/或色温、根据环境温度的变化调节空调的温度、根据空气质量的变化控制空气净化器的工作状态、根据环境亮度的变化调节电灯的亮度、根据用户是否在家以及在家的状态控制提供安防功能的智能家居设备的工作状态等等。
这里以云服务器作为控制中枢来创建并实现技能为例进行说明。
示例性的，云服务器可以确定出用户家中配置有能提供照明功能的智能家居设备。云服务器可以根据用户的节律习惯(如起床和入睡的习惯等)来为用户提供照明功能。例如，云服务器可以在确定出用户起床时开灯，在确定出用户入睡时关灯或者将电灯的亮度调亮。
云服务器可以确定出用户家中配置有能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备。该提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备包括空气质量监测器以及空气净化器。云服务器可以在空气质量监测器监测到家中空气质量较差(如PM2.5低于预设空气质量阈值)时，开启空气净化器来净化家中的空气质量。
云服务器可以确定出用户家中配置有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备。该提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备包括摄像头和蜂鸣器。云服务器可以根据摄像头采集的图像或视频数据判断门口是否有人逗留，并在判断出门口有人逗留时触发蜂鸣器响铃来进行警示。
可以看出，上述技能描述的是智能家居设备之间的智能联动。在一项技能的实现过程中，这一项技能所涉及的智能家居设备可以被触发进入这一项技能所指示的状态。电子设备或云服务器创建以及实现技能可以使得智能家居设备为用户提供智能化以及个性化的服务，简化用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
请参考图1，图1示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统10的结构示意图。
该通信系统10可包括电子设备100、一个或多个智能家居设备、业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301、家庭云服务器302和三方设备云服务器303。上述一个或多个智能家居设备可以包括：电灯201、窗帘202、空调203、电风扇204、空气净化器205、摄像头206、路由器207。不限于图1所示的智能家居设备，通信系统10中还可以包含更多或更少的智能家居设备。
其中，电子设备100可用于用户控制智能家居设备，以及查看智能家居设备的运行状态、监测的数据。电子设备100中安装有用于控制智能家居设备的APP(如智能家居APP)。电子设备100可以通过智能家居APP提供用于控制智能家居设备的控制接口。该控制接口可用于控制智能家居设备。一个控制接口对智能家居设备的控制方式可以是由前述控制意图确定的。一个控制接口所能控制的智能家居设备可以是前述实施例中根据功能的类型对智能家居设备分组后，一个设备组或多个设备组中包含的智能家居设备。也即是说，响应于作用在一个控制接口的用户操作，电子设备100可以向这一个控制接口所能控制的智能家居设备，发送这一个控制接口指示的控制方式所对应的控制指令(如开启指令等)。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100和路由器207以外的智能家居设备均与路由器207连接。路由器207可以为与自己连接的设备提供网络接入服务。电子设备100可以通过路由器207向智能家居设备发送控制指令，从而实现对智能家居设备的控制。在一种可能的 实现方式中，电子设备100和智能家居设备之间建立有蓝牙连接/ZigBee通信连接/无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)直连等短距离通信连接。电子设备100可以通过上述短距离通信连接向智能家居设备发送控制指令，从而实现对智能家居设备的控制。在另一种可能的实现方式中，智能路由器207以外的智能家居设备与路由器207连接，实现网络接入。业务云服务器300可以向接入网络的智能家居设备发送控制指令。那么，电子设备100可以通过业务云服务器300向智能家居设备发送控制指令，实现远程控制智能家居设备。
电子设备100可以是搭载
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000001
或者其它操作系统的便携式电子设备，例如手机、平板电脑、智能手表、智能手环等等，还可以是具有触敏表面或触控面板的膝上型计算机(Laptop)、具有触敏表面或触控面板的台式计算机等非便携式电子设备。本申请实施例对电子设备100的类型不作限定。
智能家居设备可以指具有联网功能的家居设备。除了图1示出的智能家居设备，智能家居设备还可以包含门锁、音箱、扫地机器人、插座、体脂称、台灯、冰箱、洗衣机、热水器、微波炉、电视、机顶盒、加湿器、除湿器、水质净化器、蜂鸣器、人体移动传感器、空气质量监测器、燃气监测器、水浸监测器、烟雾报警器、阀门监测器等等。智能家居设备可以通过网络接入设备(如路由器207)联网。
上述智能家居设备可以是由一个或多个智能家居设备的制造商制造的。上述一个或多个智能家居设备的制造商可以包含上述电子设备100的厂商。
业务云服务器300可用于执行智能家居设备相关的各项业务。例如，管理电子设备100与智能家居设备之间的关系、创建和实现技能、维护技能的状态和在实现过程中产生的数据、获取智能家居设备的运行状态和监测的数据、向电子设备100发送能家居设备的运行状态和监测的数据、向智能家居设备发送控制指令、处理不同空间中智能家居设备的分享可见性问题等等。
业务云服务器300可以是与用于控制智能家居设备的APP对应的应用服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以与多个智能家居设备建立绑定关系。其中，电子设备100和智能家居设备之间可以通过账号建立绑定关系。即电子设备100中用于控制智能家居设备的APP上登录的账号与智能家居设备的上登录的账号相同。可选的，电子设备100和智能家居设备之间还可以通过扫描二维码、蓝牙配对等方式建立绑定关系。本申请实施例对电子设备100与智能家居设备建立绑定关系的方法不作具体限定。
业务云服务器300中可存储电子设备100与智能家居设备的绑定关系。这样，业务云服务器300可以作为中间设备，将电子设备100的控制指令发送给与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备，并将智能家居设备的运行状态和监测的数据发送给与智能家居设备建立有绑定关系的电子设备100。
静态资源服务器301可用于存放智能家居设备与控制意图、功能和技能之间的关系。即智能家居设备可被控制的方式、智能家居设备可提供的功能、智能家居设备提供技能时的联动规则。静态资源服务器301还可用于更新智能家居设备与控制意图、功能和技能之间的关系。
业务云服务器300可以从静态资源服务器301获取上述智能家居设备与控制意图、功能和技能之间的关系，并确定用户家中的智能家居设备可提供的功能以及创建技能。
电子设备100可以从业务云服务器300获取与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备(即用户家中的智能家居设备)可提供的功能，从而根据上述功能为用户提供一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制接口。电子设备100还可以从业务云服务器300获取上述技能，并 指示用户家中的智能家居设备实现上述技能。可选的，上述技能也可以是由业务云服务器300指示智能家居设备实现的。
可选的，电子设备100也可以从业务云服务器300获取与自己建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备列表。根据上述智能家居设备列表，电子设备100可以确定出用户家中的智能家居设备可提供的功能，并基于上述功能为用户提供一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制接口。
三方设备云服务器303可以指智能家居设备的制造商的云服务器。智能家居设备的制造商有许多个，那么三方设备云服务器303可以包含多个智能家居设备的制造商的云服务器。一个智能家居设备的制造商的云服务器可用于管理这一个智能家居设备的制造商所生产的智能家居设备，并存储这一个智能家居设备的制造商所生产的智能家居设备在使用过程中产生的数据。例如，多媒体数据(如图片、视频等)、用户账号数据等等。
家庭云服务器302可用于与三方设备云服务器303建立通信连接，从三方设备云服务器303获取多媒体数据等数据。家庭云服务器302可以将从三方设备云服务器303获取的数据发送给业务云服务器300和/或电子设备100。
其中，在家庭云服务器302从三方设备云服务器303获取数据的过程中，家庭云服务器302与三方设备云服务器303之间可以先进行安全认证与授权。当家庭云服务器302通过安全认证与授权，三方设备云服务器303可以将家庭云服务器302请求的数据发送给家庭云服务器302。
在一些实施例中，上述业务云服务器300和静态资源服务器301可以是同一个服务器。可选的，上述业务云服务器300和家庭云服务器302可以是同一个服务器。可选的，上述静态资源服务器301和家庭云服务器302可以是同一个服务器。可选的，上述业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301和家庭云服务器302可以是同一个服务器。本申请实施例对上述业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301和家庭云服务器302的存在形态不作限定。这三个服务器可以是分别具有分离的服务器实体。或者，这三个服务器中的多个可以是一个服务器中的不同模块。
请参考图2A，图2A示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图。
如图2A所示，电子设备100可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)， 图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
其中，控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电，也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时，还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，外部存储器，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)， 全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此 外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。
距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器 180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合，检测电子设备100是否在口袋里，以防误触。
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本申请实施例以移动操作系统为例，示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。
请参考图2B，图2B是本申请实施例的电子设备的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将移动操作系统分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，系统库&运行时，以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图2B所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，智慧生活等应用程序。
其中，智慧生活APP可以为前述实施例中用于控制智能家居设备的APP。本申请实施例对用于控制智能家居设备的APP的名称不作限定。本申请后续实施例中具体以智慧生活APP为例进行说明。
智慧生活APP中可包含用于控制智能家居设备的控制接口。一个控制接口对智能家居设备的控制方式可以是由前述控制意图确定的。一个控制接口所能控制的智能家居设备可以是前述实施例中根据功能的类型对智能家居设备分组后，一个设备组或多个设备组中包含的智能家居设备。上述控制接口可以以卡片、控件或组件等形式呈现在智慧生活APP的用户界面中。
智慧生活APP中还可以呈现智能家居设备的运行状态和监测的数据等家居设备数据。
智慧生活APP的应用程序包中可包含用于生成上述控制接口和家居设备数据呈现组件的工具包。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图2B所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器、基础服务等。
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。
视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，电子设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。
基础服务可用于根据来自静态资源服务器301的智能家居设备与控制意图、功能和技能之间的关系，确定与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设备可提供的功能。上述确定与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设可提供的功能的过程即为从用户对智能家居设备的控制意图中抽象出功能的过程。这样，基础服务可以根据各个功能下所包含的智能家居设备，对智能家居设备分组。
基础服务中可包含有工具包接口。通过该工具包接口，基础服务可以将上述抽象出来的功能，以及对智能家居的分组开放给具有工具包的应用程序(如智慧生活APP)。上述工具包可以表示用于生成上述控制接口和家居设备数据呈现组件的工具包。也即是说，基于基础服务抽象的功能以及对智能家居的分组，智慧生活APP可以利用上述工具包生成上述控制接口和家居设备数据呈现组件。这样，用户可以查看家居设备数据，并控制智能家居设备。
当检测到作用在控制接口用于实现一项功能的用户操作时，智慧生活APP可以向基础服务发送通知。基础服务可以根据该通知来触发电子设备100向相应的智能家居设备发送控制指令，来实现对应的功能。在一些实施例中，基础服务根据智能家居设备与技能之间的关系 确定出满足实现一项技能的条件时，基础服务可以触发电子设备100向相应的智能家居设备发送控制指令，来实现对应的技能。
运行时可以指程序运行时所需的一切代码库、框架等。例如，对于C语言来说，运行时包括一系列C程序运行所需的函数库。对于Java语言来说，除了核心库之外，运行时还包括Java程序运行所需的虚拟机等。上述核心库可包括java语言需要调用的功能函数。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。
下面结合捕获拍照场景，示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作，相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标，触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件，识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作，该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例，相机应用调用应用框架层的接口，启动相机应用，进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动，通过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。
下面基于图1所示的通信系统10以及图2A和图2B所示的电子设备100来介绍一种电子设备100提供智能家居设备的控制接口，以及呈现家居设备数据的场景。
图3A～图3M示例性示出了电子设备100提供智能家居设备的控制接口，以及呈现家居设备数据的场景示意图。
如图3A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面310。用户界面310显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面。该页面可包括多个应用图标(例如，时钟应用图标、日历应用图标、图库应用图标、智慧生活应用图标311等等)。上述多个应用图标下方还可显示有页面指示符，以表明当前显示的页面与其他页面的位置关系。页面指示符的下方有多个托盘图标(例如，相机应用图标、联系人应用图标、拨号应用图标、信息应用图标)。托盘图标在页面切换时保持显示。本申请实施例对用户界面310上显示的内容不作限定。响应于作用在上述应用图标或托盘图标上的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以开启与该应用图标或该托盘图标对应的应用程序。
响应于作用在智慧生活应用图标311的用户操作，电子设备100可以开启智慧生活APP，并显示如图3B所示的用户界面320。用户界面320可以包括家庭名称321、家庭管理控件322、设备数量323、添加控件324、设备选项325、空间选项326、我家选项327、设备卡片显示区域328和页面选项显示区域329。其中：
页面选项显示区域329中可包括多个页面选项。这多个页面选项可包括家居选项、商城选项、内容选项、场景选项和我的选项。上述多个页面选项可用于切换智慧生活APP中的用 户界面所呈现的内容。例如，在家居选项处于图3B所示的选中状态时，智慧生活APP中的用户界面所呈现的内容可以包括与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备的控制接口以及家居设备数据。本申请实施例对页面选项显示区域329中包含的页面选项不作限定。
也即是说，用户可以在页面选项显示区域329中的家居选项下，来查看自己家中的智能家居设备，并对智能家居设备进行控制。
家庭名称321可用于指示一个家庭的名称。一个家庭的名称可以由用户设定。例如，家庭名称321可以为“张三的家”。一个家庭中可以有一个或多个智能家居设备。在家庭名称321为图3B所示“张三的家”的情况下，智慧生活APP的用户界面中可以呈现名称为“张三的家”这一个家庭中的智能家居设备的控制接口和家居设备数据。
家庭管理控件322可用于管理智慧生活APP中的家庭。上述管理可以包括修改家庭名称、切换智慧生活APP的用户界面呈现的家庭、删除家庭、创建新家庭、添加或者删除一个家庭中的使用成员等等。本申请实施例对智慧生活APP中的家庭的管理方式不作限定。
设备数量323可用于指示一个家庭中智能家居设备的数量。例如，名称为“张三的家”这一个家庭中有25个智能家居设备。
添加控件324可用于向一个家庭中添加智能家居设备。
设备选项325可用于触发电子设备100显示一个家庭中包含的智能家居设备。如图3B所示，在设备选项325处于选中状态时，电子设备100可以在设备卡片显示区域328中显示与智能家居设备对应的设备卡片。例如，路由器卡片、空调卡片、音箱卡片、窗帘卡片、电视卡片、摄像头卡片、空气净化器卡片、台灯卡片等等。上述设备卡片中可以包括智能家居设备在家庭中所处的空间、智能家居设备的联网状态、智能家居设备的工作状态、用于开启或关闭智能家居设备的控件等。响应于作用在一个设备卡片中的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示这一个设备卡片指示的智能家居设备的更详细的信息(如电量、运行模式等)和更多的功能控件(如温度调节控件、亮度调节控件等)。
设备卡片显示区域328中的设备卡片指示的智能家居设备可以是名称为“张三的家”这一个家庭中的智能家居设备。在一种可能的实现方式中，响应于作用在用户界面320中向上滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示更多智能家居设备对应的卡片。
也即是说，用户可以在设备选项325下来查看自己家中智能家居设备，并对各个智能家居设备进行单独的控制。
我家选项327可用于触发电子设备100显示一个家庭中包含的智能家居设备按照功能划分的情况。即用户可以在我家选项327下，来查看提供一项功能(如环境监控功能)的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。电子设备100响应于作用在我家选项327所显示内容的具体介绍将在后续实施例中进行说明。这里先不展开。
空间选项326可用于触发电子设备100显示一个家庭中包含的智能家居设备按照空间划分的情况，以及用于控制一个空间内能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。上述控制控件对智能家居设备的控制方法可以是由用户对智能家居设备的控制意图确定的。
上述空间可以表示一个家庭中的不同区域。空间可以包括玄关、客厅、厨房、主卧、次卧、书房、阳台、卫生间、影音室、酒窖等等。本申请实施例对家庭中不同区域的具体划分方式不作限定。其中，每一个智能家居设备可以具有空间属性。该空间属性可以是用户在添加智能家居设备时为该智能家居设备设定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以先按照智能家居设备的空间属性来确定一个家庭的各个空间中包含的智能家居设备。然后，电子设备100可以按照功能分类确定一个 空间中能提供一项功能的智能家居设备有哪些，以及用户对能提供一项功能的智能家居设备的控制意图有哪些。根据用户对能提供一项功能的智能家居设备的控制意图，电子设备100可以提供用于控制一个空间内能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。上述根据控制意图、功能来提供一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件的方法将在后续实施例中介绍。这里先不展开。
如图3B所示，响应于作用在空间选项326的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图3C所示的用户界面330。
如图3C所示，在空间选项326处于选中状态时，电子设备100可以在用户界面330显示空间卡片显示区域331。空间卡片显示区域331可以包括与一个家庭中的各个空间对应的空间卡片。例如，客厅卡片332、主卧卡片、厨房卡片333等等。
这里以客厅对应的客厅卡片332为例对空间卡片进行介绍。
客厅卡片332中可包含客厅组件332A、电灯组件332B、空调组件332C和加湿器组件332D。其中，客厅组件332A中可包括空间的名称(如“客厅”)、客厅中智能家居设备的数量(如5个设备)、客厅中智能家居设备监测的数据。上述客厅中智能家居设备监测的数据可以包括空气质量(如“优”)、温度(如28℃)、湿度(如48％)。上述客厅中智能家居设备监测的数据可以反映客厅的环境。这样，用户可以通过客厅组件332A快速地查看客厅的空气质量、温度和湿度。
不限于上述空气质量、温度、湿度，一个空间卡片中的空间组件(如客厅组件332A、主卧组件、厨房组件等)中还可以呈现更多或更少的智能家居设备监测的数据。空间组件中呈现的智能家居设备监测的数据类型可以由这一个空间组件对应的空间包含的智能家居设备的类型确定。例如，客厅包含空气质量监测器、温度监测器、湿度监测器。客厅组件332A中可呈现空气质量、温度和湿度。主卧包含温度监测器和湿度监测器。主卧组件中可呈现温度和湿度。
客厅组件332A还可用于触发电子设备100显示客厅中智能家居设备更详细的信息以及更多的操作控件。
电灯组件332B可以包括灯全开控件和灯全关控件。在一些实施例中，客厅中有多个电灯。上述灯全开控件可用于开启客厅中所有的电灯。上述灯全关控件可用于关闭客厅中所有的电灯。上述客厅中所有的电灯可以指一个家庭中(如张三的家)所有空间属性为客厅的电灯。
空调组件332C可以包含开启/关闭空调控件。开启/关闭空调控件可用于开启或关闭客厅的空调。在一些实施例中，客厅中有一台空调。开启/关闭空调控件处于如图3C所示的开启状态，可以表示客厅的空调已开启。在开启/关闭空调控件处于开启状态，响应于作用在开启/关闭空调控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示客厅的空调关闭，并将开启/关闭空调控件变化为关闭状态。在开启/关闭空调控件处于关闭状态，响应于作用在开启/关闭空调控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示客厅的空调开启，并将开启/关闭空调控件变化为开启状态。
加湿器组件332D可以包含开启/关闭加湿器控件。开启/关闭加湿器控件可用于开启或关闭客厅的加湿器。该开启/关闭加湿器控件开启或关闭客厅的加湿器的方法，可以参考前述开启/关闭空调控件开启或关闭客厅的空调的方法。
可以看出，在一个空间中能提供一项功能的智能家居设备有多个的情况下，电子设备100可以提供一键控制能提供一项功能的多个智能家居设备的控制控件。例如，客厅中多个相同 或不同类型的电灯均可以提供照明功能。电灯组件332B中的灯全开控件和灯全关控件可方便用户一键控制(如开启或关闭)客厅中的所有能提供照明功能的电灯。
在一个空间中能提供一项功能的智能家居设备仅有一个的情况下，电子设备100可以在空间卡片中提供单个的控制控件来控制一个空间中的一个智能家居设备。电子设备100可以通过变化上述单个的控制控件的呈现状态，来表示上述单个的控制控件所控制的智能家居设备的不同状态(如开启状态、关闭状态等)。例如，客厅中提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备仅有一个空调。空调组件332C中的开启/关闭空调控件可方便用户开启或关闭客厅的空调。
可以理解的，上述灯全开控件、灯全关控件、开启/关闭空调控件、开启/关闭加湿器控件即为前述实施例中电子设备100提供的用于控制智能家居设备的控制接口。
如图3C所示，响应于作用在用户界面330中向上滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图3D所示的用户界面330。可以理解的，由于电子设备100的屏幕尺寸有限，在空间卡片的数量较多时，电子设备100无法将所有的空间卡片同时呈现在用户界面上。电子设备100可以响应用户在用户界面中上下滑动的用户操作来调整显示在用户界面中的空间卡片。也即是说，用户可以通过上述滑动的用户操作来查看不同的空间卡片。
如图3D所示，用户界面330中的空间卡片显示区域331中可显示有厨房卡片333、阳台卡片、玄关卡片334和酒窖卡片335。其中，厨房卡片333可包含厨房组件333A、电灯组件333B、窗帘组件333C。上述厨房组件333A、电灯组件333B、窗帘组件333C可以参考前述客厅卡片332中的客厅组件332A、电灯组件332B。
阳台卡片中可包含阳台中智能家居设备的数量(如2个设备)，以及阳台中智能家居设备的图标(如扫地机器人的图标、门锁的图标)。
玄关卡片334中可包含玄关中智能家居设备的数量(如3个设备)，以及玄关中智能家居设的图标(如摄像头的图标、音箱的图标)。
酒窖卡片335中可包含酒窖中智能家居设备的数量(如2个设备)，以及玄关中智能家居设备监测的数据(如空气质量、温度、湿度)。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以根据一个空间包含的智能家居设备所能提供的功能来确定这一个空间对应的空间卡片的呈现内容。
(1)一个空间中包含的智能家居设备可以提供以下一项或多项功能：照明功能、温度调节功能、遮阳功能、湿度调节功能、空气净化功能。电子设备100可以按照图3C和图3D所示的客厅卡片332、主卧卡片、厨房卡片333的样式来显示这一个空间对应的空间卡片。其中，空间卡片中可以包含用于控制这一个空间中智能家居设备的控制组件，以及可用于查看这一个空间包含的智能家居设备的空间组件。若这一个空间中包含的智能家居设备可以监测环境信息、安全防护报警信息等数据，电子设备100还可以在这一个空间的控件组件上呈现智能家居设备监测到的数据。上述环境信息可以包括空气质量、温度、湿度等。上述安全防护报警信息可以包括水浸报警、燃气泄漏报警、烟雾报警等。
其中，上述空间组件可以显示在空间卡片的左侧，上述控制组件可以显示在空间卡片的右侧。本申请实施例对上述空间组件和控制组件的显示位置不作限定。
(2)一个空间中包含的智能家居设备不能提供以下任意一项功能：照明功能、温度调节功能、遮阳功能、湿度调节功能、空气净化功能。并且，这一个空间中包含的智能家居设备也不能监测环境信息、安全防护报警信息。电子设备100可以按照图3D所示阳台卡片、玄 关卡片334的样式来显示这一个空间对应的空间卡片。其中，空间卡片中可以包含这一个空间中智能家居设备的数量，以及这一个空间中智能家居设备的图标。该空间卡片可用于触发电子设备100显示这一个空间中智能家居设备更详细的信息(如电量、运行模式等)。
(3)一个控件中包含的智能家居设备不能提供以下任意一项功能：照明功能、温度调节功能、遮阳功能、湿度调节功能、空气净化功能。但这一个空间中包含的智能家居设备可以监测环境信息、安全防护报警信息等数据中的一项或多项。电子设备100可以按照图3D所示酒窖卡片335的样式来显示这一个空间对应的空间卡片。其中，空间卡片中可以包含这一个空间中智能家居设备的数量，以及这一个空间中智能家居设备监测的数据。该空间卡片可用于触发电子设备100显示这一个空间中智能家居设备更详细的信息(如电量、运行模式等)。
由于一个空间卡片的尺寸有限，若一个空间卡片对应的空间包含的智能家居设备可以提供多项功能，一个空间卡片可能无法同时显示所有用于控制这一个空间包含的智能家居设备的控制控件。下面介绍本身申请实施例提供的两种用于调整空间卡片中控制控件的方法。
(1)图3D～图3E示例性示出了一种调整空间卡片中控制控件的场景示意图。
这里具体以调整厨房卡片333中的控制控件为例进行具体说明。
如图3D所示，厨房卡片333的右侧显示有电灯组件333B和窗帘组件333C。电灯组件333B中包含有用于开启厨房中所有电灯的控件和关闭厨房中所有电灯的控件。窗帘组件333C中包含有用于开启厨房中所有窗帘的控件和关闭厨房中所有窗帘的控件。
响应于作用在电灯组件333B和窗帘组件333C显示区域(如厨房卡片333的右半侧区域)向上滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图3E所示的用户界面330。
对比图3D和图3E可知，在接收到图3D所示向上滑动的用户操作后，电灯组件333B和窗帘组件333C被隐藏。电子设备100可以在厨房卡片333显示控制组件的区域中显示温控组件333D和净化组件333E。其中，温控组件333D中包含有用于开启厨房中所有能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备的控件，和关闭厨房中所有能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备的控件。净化组件333E中包含有用于开启厨房中所有能提供空气净化功能的智能家居设备的控件，和关闭厨房中所有能提供空气净化功能的智能家居设备的控件。
也即是说，用户可以通过在空间卡片显示控制组件中上下滑动的用户操作，来查看不同的控制控件，并通过这些控制控件来控制对应的智能家居设备。
(2)图3F～图3M示例性示出了另一种调整空间卡片中控制控件的场景示意图。
这里具体以调整客厅卡片332中的控制控件为例进行具体说明。
如图3F所示，响应于作用在客厅卡片332上的长按操作，电子设备100可以在用户界面330中显示编辑控件341。其中，上述长按操作可以是作用在客厅卡片332中未显示有组件(如客厅组件332A，电灯组件、空调组件、加湿器组件等控制组件)的区域的长按操作。
如图3G所示，响应于作用在编辑控件341的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示如图3H所示的用户界面350。用户界面350可以包括返回控件351、页面标题352、已添加图标显示区域353和未添加图标显示区域354。其中：
返回控件351可用于触发电子设备100返回上一级用户界面，即显示图3G所示的用户界面。
页面标题352可用于指示用户界面350为编辑客厅卡片332中的控制控件的用户界面。页面标题352可以包含文字内容，例如“编辑”。
已添加图标显示区域353中可包含客厅卡片332中当前包含的控制组件的图标。例如， 电灯组件的图标353A、空调组件的图标353B和加湿器组件的图标353C。已添加图标显示区域353中的图标可包含删除控件。一个图标包含的删除控件可用于触发电子设备100将这一个图标对应的控制组件从空间卡片中移除。
未添加图标显示区域354中可包含添加说明，以及包含用于控制客厅中智能家居设备的控制控件的控制组件中，未显示在客厅卡片332中的控制组件的图标。例如，净化组件的图标354A和窗帘组件的图标354B。上述添加说明可用于提示用户在客厅卡片332中添加控制组件的方法。本申请实施例对上述添加说明的具体内容不作限定。
未添加图标显示区域354中的图标可以包含增加控件。一个图标包含的增加控件可用于触发电子设备100在空间卡片中添加这一个图标对应的控制组件。
示例性的，响应于作用在窗帘组件的图标354B包含的增加控件的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以在用户界面350显示如图3I所示的提示框355。提示框355中可包括提示内容和确定控件355A。该提示内容可用于提示用户客厅卡片332中的显示位置不足，需要先移除客厅卡片332中已有的控制组件后才能添加控制组件。本申请实施例对该提示内容的具体表达不作限定。即一个空间卡片中用于显示控制组件的区域可以仅为图3G所示客厅卡片332右半侧的大小区域。当一个空间卡片右半侧的大小区域已被控制组件占满，电子设备100将不能在这一个空间卡片增添加其他控制组件。
如图3I所示，响应于作用在确定控件355A的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图3J所示的用户界面350。该用户界面350可以参考前述实施例图3H所示用户界面350的介绍。
如图3J所示，响应于作用在加湿器组件的图标353C包含的删除控件的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以将加湿器组件从客厅卡片332中移除。并且，如图3K所示，电子设备100还可以将加湿器组件的图标353C从已添加图标显示区域353中移除，并在未添加图标显示区域354增加加湿器组件的图标354C。加湿器组件的图标354C中可以包含增加控件。
在加湿器组件从客厅卡片332中被移除后，客厅卡片332中可以添加控制组件。其中，可被添加的控制组件可以是包含对单个智能家居设备进行控制的控制控件的控制组件。
如图3K所示，响应于作用窗帘组件的图标354B包含的增加控件的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以在客厅卡片332中添加窗帘组件。并且，如图3L所示，电子设备100还可以将窗帘组件的图标354B从未添加图标显示区域354中移除，并在已添加图标显示区域353中增加窗帘组件的图标353D。窗帘组件的图标353D中可以包含删除控件。
如图3L所示，响应于作用在返回控件351的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示如图3M所示的用户界面330。在图3M中，客厅卡片332中显示的控制组件可以包括电灯组件332B、空调组件332C和窗帘组件332E。窗帘组件332E可以包含开启/关闭窗帘控件。该开启/关闭窗帘控件可用于开启或关闭客厅的窗帘。
对比图3F和图3M可知，在经过图3F～图3K所示编辑控制组件的用户操作之后，电子设备100将客厅卡片332中的加湿器组件332D移除，并在客厅卡片332中添加了窗帘组件332E。
也即是说，一个空间卡片中的可呈现的控制组件是有限的。用户可以对一个空间卡片中呈现的控制组件进行编辑(如添加控制组件、移除控制组件)，使得空间卡片中呈现的控制组件为用户期望的控制组件。一个空间卡片中的控制组件可以包含用于控制智能家居设备的控制控件。上述控制组件为用户提供了快速对智能家居设备进行控制的入口。用户可以选择将自己最常用的控制组件(如电灯组件、空调组件等)放置在空间卡片中，从而可以快速地控 制自己最常使用的智能家居设备。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种一键控制多个智能家居设备的场景。
这里以一键开启厨房中所有电灯的场景为例进行介绍。
图4A～图4C示例性示出了一键开启厨房中所有电灯的场景示意图。
如图4A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330中包含的内容可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含厨房卡片333。厨房卡片333中可包含电灯组件333B。响应于作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以向空间属性为厨房的所有电灯发送用于开灯的控制指令，来开启厨房中的所有电灯。
另外，在接收到上述作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作后，电子设备100还可以判断是否能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启。若能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启，电子设备100可以显示如图4B所示的用户界面330。在图4B中，电灯组件333B中灯全开控件对应的文字提示可以为“已执行”。也即是说，如果电子设备100可以响应作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作触发厨房中的所有电灯，电子设备100可以将电灯组件333B中灯全开控件对应的文字提示从“灯全开”变化为“已执行”，然后再由“已执行”变化为“灯全开”。这可以从控制控件的变化上提示用户电子设备100已成功执行开启厨房中所有电灯的指令。
本申请实施例对电子设备100判断是否能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启的方法不作限定。例如，电子设备100可以判断空间属性为厨房的所有电灯是否联网。若空间属性为厨房的所有电灯均联网，电子设备100可以确定能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启。再例如，电子设备100可以获取空间属性为厨房的所有电灯在接收到开灯的控制指令后的状态。若空间属性为厨房的所有电灯在接收到开灯的控制指令的状态为开启状态，电子设备100可以确定能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启。
在一些实施例中，厨房中有多个电灯。这多个电灯中的一部分电灯处于开启状态。响应于图4A所示作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以向这多个电灯中处于关闭状态的电灯发送开灯的控制指令，来开启厨房中另一部分处于关闭状态的电灯。
其中，在接收到上述作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作后，电子设备100可以判断是否能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启。若能触发空间属性为厨房的所有电灯开启，电子设备100可以将电灯组件333B中灯全开控件对应的文字提示从图4A所示的“灯全开”变化为图4B所示的“已执行”，然后再从“已执行”变化为“灯全开”。或者，电子设备100可以仅判断是否能触发空间属性为厨房且处于关闭状态的电灯开启。若能触发空间属性为厨房且处于关闭状态的电灯开启，电子设备100可以将电灯组件333B中灯全开控件对应的文字提示从图4A所示的“灯全开”变化为图4B所示的“已执行”，然后再从“已执行”变化为“灯全开”。
在一些实施例中，厨房中的一个或多个电灯处于离线状态(即未联网)，或者出现导致电灯无法响应电子设备100(或业务云服务器300)发送的开灯控制指令而开启的故障。当接收到图4A所示作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示空间属性为厨房的所有电灯发送开灯的控制指令。其中，能响应上述开灯的控制指令的电灯可以开启。电子设备100可以确定出上述一个或多个电灯不能被触发开启(如电子设备100未接收到上述一个或多个电灯成功开启的通知)。那么，电子设备100可以将电灯组件333B中灯全 开控件对应的文字提示从图4A所示的“灯全开”变化为图4C所示的“执行失败”，然后再从“执行失败”变化为“灯全开”。这可以从控制控件的变化上提示用户电子设备100未能成功执行开启厨房中所有电灯的指令。
可选的，若空间属性为厨房的电灯中能响应上述开灯的控制指令开启的电灯有一个或多个，电子设备100可以在图4C所示的电灯组件333B中灯全开控件对应的文字提示区域显示部分执行。这可以提示用户100仅触发厨房中的一部分电灯开启，而另一部分未能成功开启。
本申请实施例中其它用于一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件(如窗帘全开控件、窗帘全关控件、净化全开控件、净化全关控件等)的使用场景可以参考上述灯全开控件的使用场景。这里不再一一赘述。
由图4A～图4C所示的场景可知，电子设备100可以对智能家居设备分组，并为用户提供一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件。上述一键控件的多个智能家居设备可以是能提供同一项功能的智能家居设备。上述控制控件可以简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。并且用户可以不用学习和理解各种对智能家居设备分组的规则，这降低了用户批量控制智能家居设备的难度。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种查看一个空间中的智能家居设备的场景。
这里以查看厨房中的智能家居设备为例进行具体说明。
图5A～图5D示例性示出了电子设备100显示厨房中的智能家居设备的场景示意图。
如图5A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例中的介绍。用户界面330中可以包含厨房卡片333。厨房卡片333中可以包含厨房组件333A。厨房组件333A中呈现有厨房的智能家居设备监测的数据。例如，厨卫防护报警、温度(如25℃)、湿度(如52％)。上述厨卫防护报警可以表示厨房中能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备监测到厨房中存在安全问题。电子设备100可以通过在厨房组件333A上显示厨卫防护报警来提示用户处理厨房中存在的安全问题。若厨房中能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备监测到厨房中不存在安全问题，电子设备100可以在厨房组件333A上显示厨卫防护安全。本申请实施例对厨房组件333A上用于指示厨房安全状态的具体表现形式不作限定。
响应于作用在厨房组件333A的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示如图5B所示的用户界面510。用户界面510可以包括返回控件511、页面标题512、环境信息显示区域513、一个或多个功能卡片。上述一个或多个功能卡片可以包括厨房防护组件514、照明组件515、遮阳组件516。其中：
返回控件511可用于触发电子设备100返回上一级用户界面，即显示图5A所示的用户界面330。
页面标题512可用于指示用户界面510为呈现厨房中的智能家居设备的用户界面。页面标题512可以包含文字内容，例如“厨房”。
环境信息显示区域513可用于显示厨房中的智能家居设备监测到的环境信息。例如温度和湿度。
一个功能卡片中可以包括以下一项或多项：能够提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备监测的数据、用于一键控制能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件、用于控制能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备中单个智能家居设备的控制控件。
示例性的，厨房防护组件514中可包含能够提供厨房安全防护功能的智能家居设备监测 的数据。其中，能够提供厨房安全防护功能的智能家居设备可以包括水浸监测器、燃气监测器、烟雾报警器、阀门监测器。水浸监测器监测到水浸方面没有安全问题。燃气监测器监测到燃气使用有安全问题(如存在燃气泄漏的问题)。烟雾报警器监测到烟雾方面没有安全问题。阀门监测器监测到厨房的阀门(如燃气阀门等)全部打开。那么，电子设备100可以在厨房防护组件514中显示水浸安全、燃气报警、烟雾安全、阀门全部打开。上述燃气报警可用于提示用户及时处理厨房中燃气使用的安全问题。
照明组件515中可包含全开控件515A、全关控件515B、电灯①详情控件515C、电灯①开启/关闭控件515D、电灯②详情控件515E、电灯②开启/关闭控件515F。
由照明组件515可知，厨房中能提供照明功能的智能家居设备包括电灯①和电灯②。电灯①和电灯②可以被划分为一个设备组。全开控件515A可用于开启这一个设备组中的所有智能家居设备(即电灯①和电灯②)。全关控件515B可用于关闭这一个设备组中的所有智能家居设备。全开控件515A和全关控件515B的使用场景可以参考前述图4A～图4C所示灯全开控件的使用场景。
电灯①开启/关闭控件515D可用于单独控制电灯①的开启或关闭。由前述图4A所示的用户操作可知，电子设备100响应于作用在电灯组件333B中灯全开控件的用户操作开启了厨房中的所有电灯。那么，电灯①开启/关闭控件515D、电灯②开启/关闭控件515F均处于开启状态。电灯①开启/关闭控件515D的状态、电灯②开启/关闭控件515F的状态可以分别表示电灯①的开关状态和电灯②的开关状态。在电灯①开启/关闭控件515D处于开启状态时，响应于作用在电灯①开启/关闭控件515D的用户操作，电子设备100可以向电灯①发送关灯的控制指令，来关闭电灯①。在电灯①开启/关闭控件515D处于关闭状态时，响应于作用在电灯①开启/关闭控件515D的用户操作，电子设备100可以向电灯①发送开灯的控制指令，来开启电灯①。
电灯①详情控件515C可用于触发电子设备100显示更多用于控制电灯①的控制控件。例如亮度调节控件、色温调节控件等。
电灯②详情控件515E可以参考电灯①详情控件515C的介绍。电灯②开启/关闭控件515F可以参考电灯①开启/关闭控件515D的介绍。这里不再赘述。
可以理解的，由于电子设备100的屏幕尺寸有限，在功能卡片的数量较多时，电子设备100无法将所有的功能卡片同时呈现在用户界面上。电子设备100可以响应用户在用户界面中上下滑动的用户操作来调整显示在用户界面中的功能卡片。也即是说，用户可以通过上述滑动的用户操作来查看不同的功能卡片。
如图5B所示，响应于作用在用户界面510中向上滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图5C所示的用户界面510。在图5C中显示的功能卡片可以包括遮阳卡片516、温控卡片517。如图5C所示，响应于作用在用户界面510中向上滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图5D所示的用户界面。图5D中显示的功能卡片可以包括净化卡片518。
其中，遮阳卡片516中可包含全开控件516A、全关控件516B、纱帘详情控件516C、纱帘开启/关闭控件516D、布帘详情控件516E、布帘开启/关闭控件516F。
温控卡片517中可包含全开控件517A、全关控件517B、空调详情控件517C、空调开启/关闭控件517D、风扇详情控件517E、风扇开启/关闭控件517F。
净化卡片518中可包含全开控件518A、全关控件518B、新风系统详情控件518C、新风系统开启/关闭控件518D、空气净化器详情控件518E、空气净化器开启/关闭控件518F。
上述遮阳卡片516、温控卡片517、净化卡片518中的控件均可以参考前述照明卡片515 中控件的介绍。这里不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，用户界面510还可以包含图5D所示的全部设备显示区域519。全部设备显示区域519中可包含厨房中所有智能家居设备的设备卡片。图5D所示的设备卡片可以参考前述图3B所示设备卡片的介绍。
由图5A～图5D所示的场景可知，电子设备100可以按照智能家居设备的空间属性划分设备，并进一步对一个空间中的智能家居设备按照功能划分。电子设备100可以提供一键控制一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。用户可以通过空间卡片中的空间组件来查看一个空间中的智能家居设备，并对这一个空间中的智能家居设备进行批量控制或者单独控制。这可以简化用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
图6A～图6D示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种控制智能家居设备的场景。
如图6A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面510。用户界面510中包含的内容可以参考前述实施例的介绍。
其中，响应于作用在照明卡片515中电灯②详情控件515E的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图6B所示的用户界面510。在图6B中，照明卡片515可以包含电灯②的控件显示区域515G。控件显示区域515G可以包含亮度调节控件和色温调节控件。即电灯②具有亮度调节和色温调节的能力。其中，在电灯②处于开启状态的情况下，上述控件显示区域515G中的控制控件可以处于图6B所示的可用状态。例如，在亮度调节控件处于可用状态下，电子设备100可以根据作用在亮度调节控件上的用户操作调节电灯②的亮度。
如图6B所示，电灯②开启/关闭控件515F处于开启状态。响应于作用在电灯②开启/关闭控件515F的用户操作，电子设备100可以向电灯②发送关灯的控制指令。当接收到用于指示电灯②已关闭的消息，电子设备100可以显示如图6C所示的用户界面510。在图6C中，电灯②开启/关闭控件515F处于关闭状态。这可以表示电灯②处于关闭状态。在电灯②处于关闭状态的情况下，上述控件显示区域515G中的控制控件可以处于图6C所示的不可用状态。可以理解的，在电灯②关闭时，亮度调节控件、色温调节控件等用于控制电灯②的运行状态的控制控件是无法使用的。本申请实施例对上述控制控件处于可用状态或不可用状态的表现形式不作限定。
由图6C所示的照明卡片515可知，厨房中的电灯①处于开启状态，电灯②处于关闭状态。响应于作用在照明卡片515中全开控件515A的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示厨房中的所有电灯开启。其中，电灯①已经处于开启状态。处于关闭状态的电灯②可以根据电子设备100的开灯指示，开启。电灯②开启后可以向电子设备100发送电灯②处于开启状态的消息。当接收到用于指示电灯②处于开启状态的消息，电子设备100可以显示图6D所示的用户界面510。在图6D中，电灯②开启/关闭控件515F处于开启状态。
由图6A～图6D所示的场景可知，电子设备100可以提供一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件。用户不仅可以通过一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件实现快速控制这多个智能家居设备。而且，用户可以通过空间组件触发电子设备100进入到包含对个多个智能家居设备中各个智能家居设备进行单独控制的控制组件。那么，用户在对这多个智能家居设备进行批量控制后，还可以通过上述单独控制的控制组件，对这多个智能家居设备中的单个智能家居设备进行调节，使得这多个智能家居设备为用户提供的功能更加满足用户的需求。上述 实施例可以使得用户在控制多个智能家居设备时，先一键批量管理再对智能家居设备进行微调，而不用对每一个智能家居设备都进行单独的调节。这可以简化用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
图7A和图7B示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种控制智能家居设备的场景。
在一些实施例中，空间卡片中的控制组件除了包括一键开启或关闭一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件外，还可以包括展开控件。该展开控件可用于触发电子设备100显示上述一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的所有控制控件。
这里以厨房卡片333中的电灯组件333B为例进行说明。
如图7A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330包括的内容可以参考前述实施例的介绍。用户界面330中可以包括厨房卡片333。厨房卡片333可包含电灯组件333B。电灯组件333B可包含展开控件711。响应于作用在展开控件711的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图7B所示的用户界面720。用户界面720可以包含照明卡片721。该照明卡片721可以参考前述图5B所示的照明卡片515的介绍。相比于照明卡片515，照明卡片721中还包含查看更多控件722。响应于作用在查看更多控件722的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示用于查看厨房中的智能家居设备的用户界面(参考图5B～图5D所示的用户界面)。
也即是说，用户可以通过控制组件中的展开控件来查看一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备，并对这些智能家居设备进行批量控制或者单独控制。
图8A～图8F示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100将家庭中新添加的智能家居设备与家庭中已有的智能家居设备整合的场景示意图。
如图8A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330中包含的内容可以参考前述实施例的介绍。用户界面内330中可以包含添加控件324。响应于作用在添加控件324的用户操作，电子设备100可以在用户界面330显示图8B所示的添加选项框811。
添加选项框811可以包含添加设备选项811A、添加场景选项811B和扫一扫选项811C。其中，添加设备选项811A可用于触发电子设备100通过蓝牙或Wi-Fi等短距离通信的方式扫描附近是否存在可被添加的智能家居设备。添加场景选项811B可用于触发电子设备100显示用于添加场景的用户界面。上述用于添加场景的用户界面可包含触发条件和触发结果的设置选项。上述触发条件和触发结果可以组成控制智能家居设备的场景。扫一扫选项811C可用于触发电子设备100开启扫描装置。该扫描装置可用于扫描二维码、条形码等数据。
本申请实施例对添加选项框811中的选项不作限定。对添加选项框811还可以包含更多或更少的选项。
响应于作用在添加设备选项811A的用户操作，电子设备100可以扫描附近可被添加的智能家居设备，并显示图8C所示的用户界面820。用户界面820可包括返回控件821、页面标题822、扫描提示823、被发现设备显示区域824、手动添加控件825和扫码添加控件826。其中：
返回控件821可用于触发电子设备100返回上一级用户界面，即显示图8B所示的用户界面330。
页面标题822可用于指示用户界面820为在家庭中添加智能家居设备的用户界面。页面标题352可以包含文字内容，例如“添加设备”。
扫描提示823可用于提示用户电子设备100的扫描状态。例如“正在扫描”可以表示电 子设备100正在扫描附近可被添加的智能家居设备。例如，电子设备100可以通过蓝牙通信的方式来判断附近是否存在可被添加的智能家居设备。其中，电子设备100可以通过蓝牙通信广播设备发现请求。蓝牙处于开启状态的智能家居设备在接收到上述发现请求后，可以通过蓝牙通信向电子设备100发送发现应答。当接收到上述发现应答，电子设备100可以扫描到该智能家居设备，并在用户界面中显示该智能家居设备的连接控件。本申请实施例对电子设备100扫描智能家居设备的方法不作限定。
扫描提示823还可包含用于提示用户添加智能家居设备的注意事项的内容。上述注意事项可以包括“请确保智能设备已连接电源，且位于手机附近”。
被发现设备显示区域824可用于显示电子设备100扫描到的智能家居设备。例如，电子设备100扫描到电灯③。电子设备100可以在被发现设备显示区域824显示电灯③的名称824A和连接控件824B。上述连接控件824B可用于触发电子设备100与电灯③建立绑定关系。
手动添加控件825可便于用户通过在电子设备100中手动输入需要添加的智能家居设备的信息，来添加智能家居设备。
扫码添加控件825可用于触发电子设备100开启扫描装置。即用户可以通过扫描二维码、条形码等数据的方式来添加智能家居设备。本申请实施例对上述手动添加智能家居设备和扫码添加智能家居设备的实现方法不作限定。
如图8C所示，响应于作用在连接控件824B的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图8D所示的用户界面830。用户界面830可包括添加提示831和时间提示832。其中，添加提示831可用于提示用于添加电灯③的操作步骤。例如用户在电子设备100上点击图8C所示的连接控件824B后，还需要在电灯③上确认将电灯③与电子设备100建立绑定关系。上述在电灯③上的确认操作可以例如是在电灯③红色灯亮起后长按机身按键2秒。时间提示832可用于提示用户可在电灯③上进行确认操作的剩余时间。
在一种可能的实现方式中，响应于作用在连接控件824B的用户操作，电子设备100可以向电灯③发送绑定请求。当接收到上述绑定请求，电灯③可以亮红色灯。当接收到作用在电灯③机身按键上长按的用户操作，电灯③可以向电子设备100发送确认绑定的消息。那么，电子设备100和电灯③之间可以建立绑定关系。其中，电子设备100在接收到上述确认绑定的消息后，还可以向业务云服务器300发送绑定通知。该绑定通知可用于指示电子设备100与电灯③之间建立有绑定关系。业务云服务器300可以根据该绑定通知存储电子设备100与电灯③的绑定关系。
如图8E所示，当接收到来自电灯③确认绑定的消息，电子设备100可以显示用户界面840。用户界面840可用于设置电灯③的空间属性。用户界面840可以包括设备名称显示区域841、空间属性选项显示区域842、更多控件843、完成控件844。其中：
设备名称显示区域841可包含电灯③的名称，以及名称修改控件。上述名称修改控件可用于用户修改设备名称。
空间属性选项显示区域842可包含一个或多个空间属性选项。例如，客厅选项、主卧选项、次卧选项、厨房选项、书房选项、阳台选项等。例如，响应于作用在厨房选项的用户操作，电子设备100可以将厨房选项的状态变化为选中状态。本申请实施例对上述空间属性选项的选中状态的表现形式不作限定。
更多控件843可用于触发电子设备100在空间属性选项显示区域842中显示更多的空间属性选项。
完成控件844可用于触发电子设备100将空间属性选项显示区域842中处于选中状态的 空间属性选项对应的空间设置为电灯③的空间属性。如图8E所示，在厨房选项处于选中状态的情况下，响应于作用在完成控件844的用户操作，电子设备100可以将电灯③的空间属性设置为厨房。即厨房中新添加了电灯③这一智能家居设备。
电子设备100可以根据电灯③的空间属性、控制意图以及能提供的功能，确定电灯③为厨房中能提供照明功能的智能家居设备，以及电灯③的控制意图包括开灯、关灯、调节亮度、调节色温。
电子设备100可以判断在添加电灯③之前，厨房中是否已经存在能提供照明功能的智能家居设备。若判断出厨房中已经存在能提供照明功能的智能家居设备，电子设备100可以将电灯③划分至上述厨房中已经存在能提供照明功能的智能家居设备组成的设备组中。那么，用于控制这一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件可以对电灯③进行控制。
若判断出在添加电灯③之前，厨房中不存在提供照明功能的智能家居设备，电子设备100可以提供用于单独控制电灯③的控制控件。该用于单独控制电灯③的控制控件可以参考前述图3C所示空调组件332C中的空调控件。
示例性的，由前述图5A～图5D所示的实施例可知，在添加电灯③之前，厨房中已经存在电灯①和电灯②。那么，电子设备100可以将电灯③划分至电灯①和电灯②组成的灯组中。
如图8F所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面510。用户界面510包含的内容可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，图8F所示的用户界面510包含照明卡片515。相比于图5B所示的照明卡片515，图8F所示的照明卡片515中还包含电灯③详情控件515H、电灯③开启/关闭控件515I。电灯③详情控件515H可以参考前述电灯①详情控件515C的介绍。电灯③开启/关闭控件515I可以参考前述电灯①开启/关闭控件515D的介绍。
其中，图8F所示照明卡片515中的全开控件515A可用于点亮电灯①、电灯②、电灯③，全关控件515B可用于熄灭电灯①、电灯②、电灯③。例如，由图8F所示的照明卡片515可知，电灯①、电灯②处于开启状态。电灯③处于关闭状态。响应于作用在图8F所示全开控件515A的用户操作，电子设备100可以向电灯③发送开灯的控制指令，来开启电灯③。
可以理解的，上述图8A～图8E仅为本申请提供的一种添加智能家居设备方法的示例性说明。电子设备100还可以通过其它的方式在智慧生活APP的一个家庭中添加智能家居设备。当智能家居设备添加成功，电子设备100与该智能家居设备之间可以建立有绑定关系。用户可以通过电子设备100中的智慧生活APP来控制家庭中的智能家居设备。
由上述图8A～图8F所示的实施例可知，对于新添加至一个家庭的智能家居设备，电子设备100可以将该智能家居设备与其它能提供相同功能的智能家居设备整合为一个设备组，并提供用于控制这一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件。这样，用户可以不用在每次新添加一个智能家居设备后，都要对新添加的智能家居设备分组。这可以帮助用户更高效地控制智能家居设备，简化控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以对智能家居设备分组，并根据用户对智能家居设备的控制意图提供用于控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件。进一步的，电子设备100可以响应于用于修改一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的用户操作，对上述设备组进行修改。这样可以使得用户利用一个设备组的控制控件来控制这一个设备组中的所有智能家居设备时，这一个设备组所提供的功能可以更好地满足用户的需求。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景。
图9A～图9D示例性示出了一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以将一个设备组中的智能家居设备从这一个设备组中移除。
示例性的，电子设备100将空间属性为厨房的三个电灯(电灯①、电灯②、电灯③)组合为一个灯组，并提供用于控制这一个灯组中所有电灯的全开控件和全关控件。但用户希望利用全开控件和全关控件仅控制厨房的电灯①和电灯③。那么，电子设备100可以根据用户操作将电灯②从全开控件和全关控件控制的灯组中移除。
如图9A所示，电子设备100可以显示图9A所示的用户界面510。用户界面510可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面510可以包含照明卡片515。该照明卡片515中可包含一个或多个家居设备显示区域。这一个或多个家居设备显示区域对应的智能家居设备可以组成用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组。一个家居设备显示区域中可包含一个智能家居设备的图标、名称以及用于控制这一个智能家居设备的控制控件。这一个或多个家居设备显示区域可以包括：电灯①显示区域912、电灯②显示区域913、电灯③显示区域914。
响应于作用在电灯②显示区域913的长按操作，电子设备100可以显示图9A所示的移除控件911。该移除控件911可用于触发电子设备100将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除。
如图9B所示，响应于作用在移除控件911的用户操作，电子设备100可以将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除，并显示图9C所示的用户界面510。对比图9B所示的照明卡片515和图9C所示的照明卡片515可知，经过图9A和图9B所示的移除操作，图9C所示照明卡片515中的家居设备显示区域仅包含电灯①显示区域912、电灯③显示区域914。电灯②的图标、名称以及用于控制电灯②的控制控件等内容从照明卡片515中被移除。
即图9C所示照明卡片515中的全开控件515A和全关控件515B仅用于控制厨房中的电灯①和电灯③。
可以理解的，虽然电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中被移除，但电灯②的空间属性仍然为厨房。电子设备100仍然可以在用于呈现厨房中的智能家居设备的用户界面中显示电灯②的设备卡片。
如图9D所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面510。用户界面510即为用于呈现厨房中的智能家居设备的用户界面。用户界面510可以包含全部设备显示区域519。全部设备显示区域519中可包含厨房中所有智能家居设备的设备卡片。即全部设备显示区域519可包含电灯②卡片。用户可以通过电灯②卡片上的控制控件来触发电子设备100对电灯②进行单独的控制。
由图9A～图9D所示的实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备100已经划分的智能家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个智能家居设备从一个设备组中移除。那么，用于控制这一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件可不再用于控制上述被移除的智能家居设备。上述实施例可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
图10A～图10C示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以将一个设备组中的智能家居设备从这一个 设备组中移除。
如图10A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面720。该用户界面720可以是电子设备100响应于作用在图7A所示展开控件711上的用户操作显示的。用户界面720可以为用于呈现厨房中提供照明功能的灯组的用户界面。用户界面720可以包括照明卡片721。照明卡片721可以参考前述图9A所示照明卡片515的介绍。
其中，照明卡片721可以包含电灯①显示区域1012、电灯②显示区域1013、电灯③显示区域1014。响应于作用在电灯②显示区域1013的长按操作，电子设备100可以显示图10A所示的移除控件1011。该移除控件1011可用于触发电子设备100将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除。
如图10B所示，响应于作用在移除控件1011的用户操作，电子设备100可以将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除，并显示图10C所示的用户界面720。对于图10B所示的照明卡片721和图10C所示的照明卡片721可知，经过图10A和图10B所示的移除操作，图10C所示照明卡片721中的家居设备显示区域仅包含电灯①显示区域1012、电灯③显示区域1014。电灯②的图标、名称以及用于控制电灯②的控制控件等内容从照明卡片721中被移除。
即图10C所示照明卡片721中的全开控件和全关控件仅用于控制厨房中的电灯①和电灯③。
可以看出，图9A～图9D所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景与图10A～图10C所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景，均为将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除。但这两个场景中用户进行移除操作的位置不同。即电子设备100可以提供多个入口供用户修改智能家居设备的分组。这可以方便用户快速地修改智能家居设备的分组。
图11A和图11B示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以将一个设备组中的智能家居设备从这一个设备组中移除。
如图11A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面510。用户界面510可以包含照明卡片515。该照明卡片515可以参考前述图9A所示照明卡片的介绍。其中，照明卡片515可以包含电灯①显示区域912、电灯②显示区域913、电灯③显示区域914。
响应于作用在电灯②显示区域913向照明卡片515外侧滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以在用户界面510显示图11B所示的提示框1111。
提示框1111可以包含提示内容、移除控件1111A和取消控件1111B。其中，上述提示内容可以提示用户电子设备100检测到用于将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除的用户操作，询问用户是否确认移除电灯②。这样可以减少由于误操作将电灯②移除的情况。上述提示内容还可以提示用户移除电灯②的结果(即移除后电灯②将不受厨房卡片中“灯全开”/“灯全关”控件的控制)，以及移除电灯②后再将电灯②划分至一个设备组的操作方式(即移除后可从电灯②的设置界面将电灯②添加至一个设备组中)。
取消控件1111B可用于取消移除电灯②。
移除控件1111A可用于触发电子设备100将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除。响应于作用在移除控件1111A的用户操作，电子设备100可以将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除，并显示图9C所示的用户界面510。
电子设备100将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除后，照明卡片515中全开控件和全关控件的使用方法可以参考前述图9C所示实施例的介绍。这里不再赘述。
可以看出，图9A～图9D所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景与图10A～图10C所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景，均为将电灯②从用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组中移除。但这两个场景中用户移除电灯②的移除操作不同。即电子设备100可以提供多种供用户修改智能家居设备的分组的操作方式。这可以方便用户选择自己喜欢的操作方式快速地修改智能家居设备的分组。
图12A～图12D示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以响应于用户操作将一个智能家居设备添加至一个设备组中。
示例性的，一个家庭中空间属性为厨房的电灯包括电灯①、电灯②、电灯③。其中，电子设备100提供一键控制用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组(后续实施例中可简称厨房灯组)中所有电灯的控制控件(如全开控件、全关控件)。上述用于提供厨房照明功能的灯组包含电灯①、电灯③，不包含电灯②。但用户希望一键控制厨房灯组中所有电灯的控制控件除了可以控制电灯①、电灯③，还可以控制电灯②。那么，电子设备100可以根据用户操作将电灯②添加至厨房灯组中。
如图12A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面510。用户界面510可以包含全部设备显示区域519。全部设备显示区域519中可包含厨房中所有智能家居设备的设备卡片。例如，电灯①卡片、电灯②卡片519A、电灯③卡片、纱帘卡片等等。
响应于作用在电灯②卡片519A上的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图12B所示的用户界面1210。其中，上述作用在电灯②卡片519A上的用户操作可以是作用在电灯②卡片519A上未显示有控制控件(如开启/关闭电灯控件)的区域的用户操作。
用户界面1210可以包含开启/关闭电灯控件、亮度调节控件、色温调节控件、选择灯组控件1211。不限于图12B所示的控件，用户界面1210还可以包含更多或更少用于控制电灯②的控制控件，以及电灯②的相关信息(如制造厂商、使用时间、工作模式等等)。
上述开启/关闭电灯控件、亮度调节控件、色温调节控件可以参考前述图6B所示实施例的介绍。
上述选择灯组控件1211可用于选择添加电灯②的灯组。响应于作用在选择灯组控件1211的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示如图12C所示的用户界面1220。用户界面1220可包含灯组选项区域1211、更多控件1222、提示信息显示区域1223和完成控件1224。其中：
灯组选项区域1211可以包含一个或多个灯组选项。例如，客厅灯组选项、主卧灯组选项、次卧灯组选项、厨房灯组选项、书房灯组选项、阳台灯组选项。需要进行说明的是，一个灯组选项对应的灯组中包含的电灯可以是电子设备100提供的与该灯组关联的控制控件所能控制的一个或多个电灯。即一个灯组可以不包含一个空间中的所有电灯。可以理解的，灯组以外的其它设备组(如温控设备组、窗帘组、净化设备组等)中包含的智能家居设备可以电子设备100提供的与该设备组关联的控制控件所能控制的一个或多个智能家居设备。
如图12C所示，响应于作用在厨房灯组选项的用户操作，电子设备100可以将厨房灯组选项的状态变化为选中状态。本申请实施例对上述灯组选项的选中状态的表现形式不作限定。
更多控件1222可用于触发电子设备100在灯组选项区域1211中显示更多的灯组选项。
提示信息显示区域1223可用于提示用户在一个灯组中添加电灯②的结果。即电灯②被添加至一个灯组后，电灯②可以受到与这一个灯组关联的控制控件的控制。
完成控件1224可用于触发电子设备100将电灯②添加至灯组选项区域1211中处于选中状态的灯组选项对应的灯组中。如图12C所示，在厨房灯组选项处于选中状态的情况下，响应于作用在完成控件1224的用户操作，电子设备100可以将电灯②添加至厨房灯组中，并显示图12D所示的用户界面1210。用户界面1210可包含灯组选项1211。可以看出，图12D所示的灯组选项1211可以指示电灯②已被添加至厨房灯组中。
当电灯②被添加至厨房灯组中，响应于查看厨房中的智能家居设备的用户操作(如图5A所示作用在厨房组件333A的触摸操作)，电子设备100可以在厨房的照明卡片515中显示电灯②的图标、名称以及用于控制电灯②的控制控件等(参考图8F所示的照明卡片515)。
经过上述图12A～图12D所示的添加操作，用户可以通过与厨房灯组关联的控制控件实现一键控制电灯①、电灯②、电灯③。
不限于将电灯②添加至一个空间的灯组(如厨房灯组、客厅灯组等)中。电子设备100还可以根据用户操作将电灯②添加至提供照明功能以外的功能(如温控功能、遮阳功能等)的设备组中。即图12B所示的选择灯组控件1211可以为选择设备组控件。图12C所示的灯组选项区域1221可以为设备组选项区域。该设备组选项区域中可包含灯组选项以外的设备组(如温控设备组、窗帘组、净化设备组等)。
由图12A～图12D所示的实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备100已经划分的智能家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个智能家居设备添加至一个设备组中。那么，与这一个设备组关联的控制控件可用于控制上述被添加至这一个设备组的智能家居设备。上述实施例可以使得与一个设备组关联的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
图13A～图13D示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以将多个空间中的智能家居设备合并，并提供用于一键控制这多个空间中用于提供一项功能的智能家居设备的控制控件。
示例性的，电子设备100可以根据智能家居设备的空间属性确定不同空间包含的智能家居设备，并将一个空间中提供一项功能的智能家居设备划分为一个设备组，提供与一个设备组关联的控制控件(即用于控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件)。其中，电子设备100提供了前述图3C所示的客厅卡片332和主卧卡片。客厅卡片332中可包含用于控制客厅中的智能家居设备的控制控件。主卧卡片中可包含用于控制主卧中的智能家居设备的控制控件。即用户想要开启客厅和主卧中的电灯时，需要分别点击客厅卡片332和主卧卡片中用于开灯的控件。上述操作比较繁琐。电子设备100可以根据用户操作将客厅和主卧中的智能家居设备合并，并提供一键开启客厅和主卧中的电灯的开启控件。这样，用户可以通过点击一个开启控件实现一键开启客厅和主卧中的电灯。
这里具体以合并客厅和主卧的智能家居设备为例进行说明。
如图13A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述图3C所示实施例的介绍。用户界面330可以包含空间卡片显示区域331。空间卡片显示区域331可包含客厅卡片332和主卧卡片1311。响应于作用在主卧卡片1311的长按操作，电子设备 100可以显示图13A所示的编辑控件1312。该编辑控件1312可以参考前述图3F所示的编辑控件341。上述长按操作可以是作用在主卧卡片1311中未显示有组件(如主卧组件，电灯组件、窗帘组件等控制组件)的区域的长按操作。在检测到上述长按操作后，电子设备100可以响应于拖拽主卧卡片1311的用户操作移动主卧卡片1311的位置。
其中，上述作用在主卧卡片1311上的长按操作和拖拽主卧卡片1311的用户操作是连续的操作。即在上述长按操作和拖拽操作作用的过程中，电子设备可以通过触摸传感器等传感器持续检测到作用在屏幕上的用户操作。
如图13B所示，电子设备100检测到将主卧卡片1311向客厅卡片332所在方向拖拽的用户操作。电子设备100可以将主卧卡片1311移动至拖拽操作指示的位置。当上述拖拽操作指示的位置位于客厅卡片332所在位置的区域A时，电子设备100可以在客厅卡片332所在的位置显示图13B所示的合并指示组件1314。客厅卡片332所在的位置显示有合并指示组件1314的情况下，若电子设备100检测到释放主卧卡片1311的用户操作(如用户拖拽主卧卡片1311的手指离开电子设备100的屏幕)，电子设备100可以将客厅和主卧的智能家居设备合并，并在图13C所示的用户界面330上显示客厅+主卧卡片1315。
对比图13A和图13C可知，在经过图13A和图13B所示的合并客厅和主卧的智能家居设备的用户操作之后，空间卡片显示区域331中包含客厅+主卧卡片1315，而不再包含单独的客厅卡片332和单独的主卧卡片1311。
本申请实施例对上述区域A的位置不作限定。例如，上述区域A可以是客厅卡片332所在位置的中心大小为面积A的区域。
在一些实施例中，空间卡片，例如主卧卡片1311，在有长按操作作用之后，且持续有作用在该空间卡片上的用户操作(如拖拽操作)的过程中，该空间卡片的尺寸可以比接收到长按操作之前的空间卡片的尺寸略大(参考图13A和图13B)。
如图13C所示，客厅+主卧卡片1315可以包含客厅+主卧组件1315A、客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B、客厅+主卧空调组件1315C、客厅+主卧加湿器组件1315D。其中：
客厅+主卧组件1315A上可呈现有客厅和主卧的智能家居设备的数量，以及监测到的环境信息。客厅+主卧组件1315A可用于触发电子设备100显示包含客厅和主卧的所有智能家居设备的用户界面。
客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中可包括灯全开控件和灯全关控件。其中，电子设备100可以将客厅和主卧的电灯合并为一个灯组，即客厅+主卧灯组。灯全开控件可用于开启客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯。灯全关控件可用于关闭客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯。
客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中还可以包括展开控件1316。展开控件1316可用于触发电子设备100显示客厅和主卧中能提供照明功能的所有智能家居设备的所有控制控件。
客厅+主卧空调组件1315C中可包括开启/关闭空调控件。在一些实施例中，电子设备100检测到客厅中有空调，主卧中没有空调。那么，在合并客厅和主卧中能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备时，电子设备100确定出客厅和主卧中仅有一个能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备。电子设备100可以提供图13C所示的开启/关闭空调控件来控制空调。在一些实施例中，电子设备100检测到客厅和主卧中有多个能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备。那么，电子设备100可以将客厅和主卧中多个能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备合并为一个温控设备组，并提供一键控制这一个温控设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件(如温控设备全开控件、温控设备全关控件等)。
客厅+主卧加湿器组件1315D中可包括开启/关闭加湿器控件。客厅+主卧加湿器组件 1315D可以参考前述客厅+主卧空调组件1315C的介绍。
如图13C所示，响应于作用在客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中灯全开组件的用户操作，电子设备100可以向客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯发送开灯的控制指令。客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯可以响应上述开灯的控制指令开启。进一步的，响应于作用在展开控件1316的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图13D所示的用户界面1320。用户界面1320可以包含照明卡片1321。照明客片1321可包含灯全开控件1322、灯全关控件1323、客厅灯组卡片1324、主卧灯组卡片1325和查看更多控件1326。其中：
灯全开控件1322可用于开启客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯。
灯全关控件1323可用于关闭客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯。
客厅灯组卡片1324中可包含用于控制客厅灯组中的所有电灯的控制控件。客厅灯组卡片1324中的内容可以参考前述图5B所示厨房的照明卡片515的介绍。
主卧灯组卡片1325中可包含用于控制主卧灯组中的所有电灯的控制控件。主卧灯组卡片1325中的内容可以参考前述图5B所示厨房的照明卡片515的介绍。
由于电子设备100检测到图13C所示作用在灯全开控件的用户操作，客厅+主卧灯组中的所有电灯(即电灯④、电灯⑤、电灯⑥、电灯⑦)均开启，客厅灯组卡片1324和主卧灯组卡片中用于单独控制各个电灯的控制控件均可以处于图13D所示的开启状态。
查看更多控件1326可用于触发电子设备100显示用于查看客厅和主卧中所有智能家居设备的用户界面。
由图13A～图13D所示的实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备100已经划分的智能家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将多个空间的智能家居设备合并。那么，这多个空间合并之后可以相当于一个空间。一个设备组可以包含多个空间中的智能家居设备。电子设备100可以提供一键控制这多个空间中提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。例如，用户可以一键开启客厅和主卧中的所有电灯，或者一键关闭客厅和主卧中的所有电灯。这可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
另外，电子设备100将多个空间中的智能家居设备合并之后，仍然可以提供用于控制一个空间中单个或多个智能家居设备的控制控件。即用户既可以一键控制多个空间中的多个智能家居设备，又可以一键控制一个空间中的多个智能家居设备。
基于图13A～图13D所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景，下面介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种控制智能家居设备的场景。
图14A～图14C示例性示出了另一种控制智能家居设备的场景示意图。
如图14A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含客厅+主卧卡片1315。客厅+主卧卡片1315中可包含客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B。
在一种可能的实现方式中，响应于作用在客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中灯全开控件上的触摸操作，电子设备100可以向客厅+主卧灯组包含的电灯(如客厅和主卧中的所有电灯)发送开灯指令，来开启客厅+主卧灯组包含的电灯。
在一种可能的实现方式中，响应于作用在客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中灯全开控件上图14A所示向右滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以向主卧灯组包含的电灯(如主卧中的所有 电灯)发送开灯指令，来开启主卧灯组包含的电灯。响应于作用在客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B中灯全开控件上向左滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以向客厅灯组包含的电灯(如客厅中的所有电灯)发送开灯指令，来开启客厅灯组包含的电灯。
其中，电子设备100根据图14A所示作用在灯全开控件上向右滑动的用户操作指示主卧灯组中的电灯开启后，可以在用户界面330显示图14B所示的提示框1411。提示框1411可用于提示用户主卧灯组中的电灯(如电灯⑥和电灯⑦)已开启。
如图14C所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面1320。用户界面1320可以参考前述实施例的介绍。用户界面1320中可以包含照明卡片1321。照明卡片1321中可包含客厅灯组卡片1324和主卧灯组卡片1325。电子设备100根据图14A所示作用在灯全开控件上向右滑动的用户操作指示主卧灯组中的电灯开启后，可以将用于单独控制主卧灯组中各个电灯的开启/关闭电灯控件的状态变化为图14C所示的开启状态。可以看出，客厅灯组卡片1324中用于单独控制客厅灯组中各个电灯(如电灯④和电灯⑤)的开启/关闭电灯控件的状态为关闭状态。即电灯④和电灯⑤处于关闭状态。主卧灯组卡片1325中用于单独控制主卧灯组中各个电灯(如电灯⑥和电灯⑦)的开启/关闭电灯控件的状态为开启状态。即电灯⑥和电灯⑦处于开启状态。
本申请实施例对作用在上述一键控制多个空间中的多个智能家居设备的控制控件上用户操作不作限定。例如，电子设备100还可以响应于作用在上述一键控制多个空间中的多个智能家居设备的控制控件上向上或向下滑动的用户操作，来控制这多个智能家居设备中位于一个空间的智能家居设备。
由图14A～图14C所示的实施例可知，用户可以通过作用在用于一键控制多个空间中的多个智能家居设备的控制控件上不同的用户操作，来控制这多个智能家居设备中位于一个空间的智能家居设备。上述实施例可以满足在多个空间的智能家居设备合并后，用户想单独控制其中一个空间中的智能家居设备的需求。
基于图13A～图13D所示修改智能家居设备的分组的场景，下面介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种控制智能家居设备的场景。
图15A～图15C示例性示出了另一种控制智能家居设备的场景示意图。
如图15A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含客厅+主卧卡片1315。客厅+主卧卡片1315中可包含客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B。
响应于作用在客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B的长按操作，电子设备100可以显示分离灯组控件1511。该分离灯组控件1511可用于触发电子设备100将客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B变化为单独用于控制客厅灯组的控制控件和单独用于控制主卧灯组的控制控件。
具体的，如图15B所示，响应于作用在分离灯组控件1511的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图15C所示的用户界面330。用户界面330可包含客厅+主卧卡片1315。在图15C中，客厅+主卧卡片1315中可包含客厅灯组组件1512和主卧灯组组件1513。客厅灯组组件1512中可包含用于控制客厅灯组中的电灯的灯全开控件和灯全关控件。主卧灯组组件1513中可包含用于控制主卧灯组中的电灯的灯全开控件和灯全关控件。
对比图15B和图15C可知，在经过图15A和图15B所示的分离灯组的用户操作后，电子设备100可以在客厅+主卧卡片1315中显示客厅灯组组件1512和主卧灯组组件1513，而 不再显示客厅+主卧电灯组件1315B。
由图15A～图15C所示的实施例可知，电子设备100在将多个空间中的智能家居设备合并后，可以根据分离设备组的用户操作，提供用于控制一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。这样，当多个空间的智能家居设备合并后，用户仍然可以单独控制其中一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备。上述实施例可以在简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作的基础上，满足用户对于部分智能家居设备单独控制的需求。
图16A～图16C示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100在将多个空间中的智能家居设备合并之后，还可以根据用户操作再将这多个空间中的智能家居设备分离。
示例性的，电子设备100将客厅和主卧中的智能家居设备合并，并提供用于一键控制客厅和主卧中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。但用户希望利用单独的控制控件分别控制客厅和主卧中的智能家居设备。那么，电子设备100可以将客厅和主卧的智能家居设备分离。
这里具体以分离客厅和主卧的智能家居设备为例进行说明。
如图16A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含客厅+主卧卡片1315。响应于作用在客厅+主卧卡片1315上的长按操作，电子设备100可以显示图16A所示的分离空间控件1611。上述作用在客厅+主卧卡片1315上的长按操作可以是作用在客厅+主卧卡片1315中未显示有组件(如客厅+主卧组件、客厅+主卧电灯组件、客厅+主卧空调组件等)的区域的用户操作。
如图16B所示，响应于作用在分离空间控件1611的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图16C所示的用户界面330。图16C所示的用户界面330中可包含单独控制客厅中的智能家居设备的控制控件和单独控制主卧中的智能家居设备的控制控件。图16C所示的用户界面330可以参考前述图3C所示实施例的介绍。
对比图16B和图16C可知，在经过图16A和图16B所示的分离客厅和主卧的智能家居设备的用户操作之后，用户界面330中可包含单独的客厅卡片332和单独的主卧卡片1311，而不再包含客厅和主卧合并为一个空间状态下的客厅+主卧卡片1315。
由图16A～图16C所示的实施例可知，电子设备100可以提供能控制多个空间中提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的一个控制控件。用户可以对这一个控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备进行调整。例如，将这一个控制控件变化为能分别控制这多个空间中每一个空间内能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的多个控制控件。这样，用户可以根据自己的喜好与操作习惯来调整控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备。
图17A～图17D示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100可以根据智能家居设备所能提供的功能划分设备组，并提供与设备组关联的控制控件。该与设备组关联的控制控件可用于控制该设备组中的所有智能家居设备。上述一个设备组可以由能提供一项功能的智能家居设备组成。电子设 备100可以响应用户操作将能提供不同功能智能家居设备合并为一个设备组。这样，用户可以通过一个控制控件实现一键控制能提供多种功能的智能家居设备。
示例性的，电子设备100可以提供用于单独控制客厅中的所有电灯的控制控件，以及用于单独控制客厅中的空调的控制控件。但用户希望能一键开启或者关闭客厅中的所有电灯和空调。那么，电子设备100可以将客厅中的所有电灯和空调合并为一个设备组，并提供控制包含客厅中的电灯和空调的设备组的控制控件。
这里以具体以合并客厅中的电灯和空调为例进行说明。
如图17A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含客厅卡片332。客厅卡片332可以包含电灯组件332B和空调组件332C。响应于作用在空调组件332C上长按并拖拽的用户操作，电子设备100可移动空调组件332C的位置。其中，电子设备100可以将空调组件332C移动至拖拽操作指示的位置。
如图17B所示，当上述拖拽空调组件332C的操作指示的位置位于电灯组件332B所在位置的区域B，且电子设备100检测到释放空调组件332C的用户操作(如用户拖拽空调组件的手指离开电子设备100的屏幕)，电子设备100可以将客厅中的电灯和空调合并为一个设备组，并在图17C所示的客厅卡片332中提供灯+空调组件1712。
如图17C所示，灯+空调组件1712可包含灯+空调全开控件1712A、灯+空调全关控件1712B和展开控件1712C。其中，灯+空调全开控件1712A可用于开启客厅中的所有电灯和空调。灯+空调全关控件1712B可用于关闭客厅中的所有电灯和空调。展开控件1712C可用于触发电子设备100显示灯+空调组件1712所能控制的所有智能家居设备(如客厅中的所有电灯和空调)。
对比图17A和图17C可知，在经过图17A和图17B所示合并客厅中的电灯和空调的用户操作之后，客厅卡片332中可包含灯+空调组件1712，而不再包含单独的电灯组件332B和空调组件332C。
本申请实施例对上述区域B的位置不作限定。例如，上述区域B可以是电灯组件332B所在位置的中心大小为面积B的区域。
在一些实施例中，控制组件，例如空调组件332C，在又长按操作作用之后，且持续有作用在该控制组件上的用户操作(拖拽操作)的过程中，该控制组件的尺寸可以比接收到长按操作之前的控制组件的尺寸略大(参考图17A和图17B)。
响应于作用在灯+空调全开控件1712A上的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以向客厅中的所有电灯和空调发送开启的控制指令，来开启客厅中的所有电灯和空调。进一步的，响应于作用在展开控件1712C上的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图17D所示的用户界面1720。用户界面1720可以包含灯+空调卡片1721。
如图17D所示，灯+空调卡片1721可包含灯+空调全开控件1722、灯+空调全关控件1723、电灯卡片1724、空调卡片1725和查看更多控件1726。其中：
灯+空调全开控件1722可用于开启客厅中的灯+空调设备组中的所有智能家居设备(如客厅中的所有电灯和空调)。灯+空调全开控件1722的作用与图17C所示的灯+空调全开控件1712A的作用相同。
灯+空调全关控件1723可用于关闭客厅中的灯+空调设备组包含的所有智能家居设备。灯+空调全关控件1723的作用与图17C所示的灯+空调全关控件1712B的作用相同。
电灯卡片1724中可包含用于控制客厅中的灯组包含的电灯的控制控件。电灯卡片1724 可以参考前述图5B所示厨房的照明卡片515的介绍。
空调卡片1725中可包含用于控制客厅中的温控设备组包含的智能家居设备的控制控件。
由于电子设备100检测到图17C所示作用在灯+空调全开控件1712A的用户操作，客厅中的灯+空调设备组包含的所有智能家居设备(如电灯④、电灯⑤、空调)均开启，电灯卡片1724和空调卡片1725中用于单独控制各个智能家居设备的控制控件均可以处于图17D所示的开启状态。
查看更多控件1726可用于触发电子设备100显示用于查看客厅中所有智能家居设备的用户界面。
本申请实施例对用于合并不同功能的智能家居设备的用户操作不作限定。
在一些实施例中，响应于作用在上述灯+空调组件1712中灯+空调全开控件1712A上向左滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示客厅中灯+空调设备组包含的所有电灯开启。响应于作用在上述灯+空调组件1712中灯+空调全开控件1712A上向右滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以指示客厅中灯+空调设备组包含的空调开启。也即是说，响应于作用在用于一键控制一个空间中能提供多项功能的智能家居设备的控制控件上不同的用户操作，电子设备100可以对这一个空间中能提供不同功能的智能家居设备进行控制。
由图17A～图17D所示的实施例可知，用户可以手动对电子设备100已经划分的智能家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个空间中能提供不同功能的多个智能家居设备合并为一个设备组。电子设备100可以提供用于一键控制一个空间中能提供多项功能的智能家居设备的控制控件。这可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
另外，电子设备100将能提供多项功能的智能家居设备合并之后，仍然可以提供用于单独控制能提供上述多项功能中的一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。即用户既可以一键控制能提供多项功能的多个智能家居设备，又可以一键控制能提供一项功能的一个或多个智能家居设备。
图18A～图18C示例性示出了另一种电子设备100修改智能家居设备的分组的场景示意图。
在一种可能的实现方式中，电子设备100在将能提供不同功能的智能家居设备合并之后，还可以根据用户操作再将上述能提供不同功能的智能家居设备分离。
示例性的，电子设备100将客厅中能提供照明功能和温度调节功能的智能家居设备合并为一个设备组(灯+空调设备组)，并提供用于一键控制灯+空调设备组中所有智能家居设备控制控件。但用户希望利用单独的控制控件分别控制客厅中能提供照明功能的智能家居设备，和能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备。那么，电子设备100可以将客厅中能提供照明功能和温度调节功能的智能家居设备分离。
这里具体以分离客厅中能提供照明功能和温度调节功能的智能家居设备为例进行说明。
如图18A所示，电子设备100可以显示用户界面330。用户界面330可以参考前述实施例的介绍。其中，用户界面330可以包含客厅卡片332。客厅卡片332中可包含灯+空调组件1712。响应于作用在灯+空调组件1712上的长按操作，电子设备100可以显示图18A所示的分离灯组与空调控件1811。
如图18B所示，响应于作用在分离灯组与空调控件1811的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电 子设备100可以显示图18C所示的用户界面330。图18C所示的用户界面330中可包含单独控制客厅中能提供照明功能的智能家居设备的控制控件，和单独控制客厅中能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备的控制控件。图18C所示的用户界面330可以参考前述图3C所示实施例的介绍。
对比图18B和图18C可知，在经过图18A和图18B所示的分离客厅中能提供照明功能和温度调节功能的智能家居设备的用户操作之后，客厅卡片332中可包含单独的电灯332B和单独的空调组件332C，而不再包含能提供照明功能和温度调节功能的智能家居设备被合并为一个设备组状态下的灯+空调组件1712。
由图18A～图18C所示的实施例可知，电子设备100可以提供用于控制能提供多项功能的多个智能家居设备的一个控制控件。用户可以对这一个控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备进行调整。例如，将这一个控制控件变化为用于分别控制能提供这多项功能中每一项功能的所有智能家居设备的多个控制控件。这样，用户可以根据自己的喜好与操作习惯来调整控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以获取智能家居设备的运行状态和监测的数据等家居设备数据，并按照智能家居设备能提供的功能对这些家居设备数据进行分类展示。上述数据分类可以包括提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据、提供网络功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据、提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据、提供用水功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据等等。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备100分类展示家居设备数据的场景。
图19示例性示出了一种电子设备100展示多个类别的家居设备数据预览的场景示意图。
响应于作用在前述图3B所示我家选项327的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图19所示的用户界面1910。用户界面1910可以包含家庭环境卡片1911、家庭网络卡片1912、家庭安全防护卡片1913、常用设备控制卡片1916、家庭用水卡片1917。其中：
家庭环境卡片1911中可展示有一部分提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。例如全屋的空气质量、温度和湿度。即家庭环境卡片1911可便于用户预览提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。
家庭网络卡片1912中可展示有一部分提供网络功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。例如网络速度。家庭网络卡片1912中还可以包含加速控件1912A。该加速控件1912A可用于触发电子设备100对家庭网络进行加速。本申请实施例对电子设备100对家庭网络进行加速的具体实现方式不作限定。即家庭网络卡片1912可便于用户预览提供网络功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据，并快速地利用对家庭网络进行加速的入口(即加速控件1912A)对网络加速。
家庭安全防护卡片1913中可包含监控画面显示区域1913A、开启警戒控件1913B和退出警戒控件1913C。
其中，监控画面显示区域1913A可用于显示家庭中一个或多个摄像头拍摄的画面。上述一个或多个摄像头可以是具有相同空间属性(如客厅)的摄像头。那么，监控画面显示区域1913A可以显示一个空间，例如客厅，的监控画面。监控画面显示区域1913A可包含展开控件1914和播放控件1915。上述展开控件1914可用于触发电子设备100显示提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据的完整内容。上述播放控件1915可用于触发电子设备100 在监控画面显示区域1913A播放一个空间的摄像头拍摄的监控画面。
开启警戒控件1913B可用于触发电子设备100指示所有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备开启。退出警戒控件1913C可用于触发电子设备100指示所有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备关闭。
可以看出，用户可以通过家庭安全防护卡片1913快速地查看家中一个空间的监控画面，并通过开启警戒控件1913B或退出警戒控件1913C实现一键控制能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备。
常用设备控制卡片1916中可包含电灯组件1916A、窗帘组件1916B。其中，电灯组件1916A中包含灯全开控件和灯全关控件。电灯组件1916A中的灯全开控件可用于触发电子设备100指示家中的所有电灯开启，灯全关控件可用于触发电子设备100指示家中的所有电灯关闭。窗帘组件1916B中包含窗帘全开控件和窗帘全关控件。窗帘组件1916B中的窗帘全开控件可用于触发电子设备100指示家中的所有窗帘开启，窗帘全关控件可用于触发电子设备100指示家中的所有窗帘关闭。
可以理解的，常用设备控制卡片1916中可放置用于控制用户使用频率较高的智能家居设备的控制控件。这样，用户可以通过常用设备控制卡片1916中的控制组件快速地控制自己经常使用的智能家居设备。不限于图19所示用于控制全屋的电灯和窗帘的控制组件，电子设备100可以响应用户操作修改常用设备控制卡片1916中的控制组件。
家庭用水卡片1917中可展示有一部分提供用水功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。例如饮用水的质量、净水量和热水器的设定温度。即家庭环境卡片1911可便于用户预览提供用水功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。
不限于图19所示用于预览家居设备数据的卡片，用户界面1910中还可以包含更多或更少类别的家居设备数据预览的卡片。
由图19所示的实施例可知，电子设备100可以按照智能家居设备能提供的功能对这些家居设备数据进行分类，并在一个用户界面上展示多个类别的家居设备数据预览的卡片。用户可以通过这一个用户界面上的卡片快速地了解家中在家庭环境、家庭网络、家庭安全防护、家庭用水等方面的基本情况。
并且，上述展示多个类别的家居设备数据预览的卡片中还可以包含一键控制全屋中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件(如对家庭网络进行加速的控件、开启或关闭全屋安全防护设备的控件、开启或关闭全屋电灯的控件、开启或关闭全屋窗帘的控件等)，这可以方便用户对智能家居设备进行控制，简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
图20A～图20C示例性示出了一种电子设备100展示家庭环境数据的详细内容的场景示意图。
响应于作用在图19所示家庭环境卡片1911上的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图20A所示的用户界面2010。用户界面2010可包含页面标题2011、空间选项显示区域2012、第一环境数据卡片2014、第二环境数据卡片2014。其中：
页面标题2011可用于指示用户界面2010为展现家庭环境数据的用户界面。上述家庭环境数据即为前述能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。家庭环境数据可以包括空气质量、温度和湿度等。页面标题2011可以包含文字内容，例如“家庭环境”。
空间选项显示区域2012中可包含一个或多个空间选项。例如，全屋选项、厨房选项、客 厅选项、厨房选项、主卧选项、次卧选项等。电子设备100可以在用户界面中显示空间选项显示区域2012中被选择的空间选项对应的空间的环境数据。一个空间的环境数据可以是空间属性为这一个空间的智能家居设备监测的环境数据。
如图20A所示，空间选项显示区域2012中的全屋选项处于选中状态。电子设备100可以在用户界面2010中显示全屋的智能家居设备监测的环境数据。
第一环境数据卡片2013中可显示有多种不同类型的环境数据。例如空气质量、温度、湿度以及空气质量在一段时间内的变化趋势等。其中，用户界面2010中显示的是全屋的智能家居设备监测的环境数据。全屋的智能家居设备中用于监测温度的设备可能有多个。电子设备100可以在第一环境数据卡片2013中显示全屋的最低温度(如22℃)和最高温度(如26℃)。全屋的智能家居设备中用于监测湿度的设备可能有多个。电子设备100可以在第一环境数据卡片2013中显示全屋的最低湿度(如34％)和最高湿度(如48％)。
第二环境数据卡片2014中可显示有一种类型的环境数据在一段时间内的变化趋势。第二环境数据卡片2014中可包含展开控件2014A。该展开控件2014A可用于触发电子设备100显示一个或多个环境数据类型选项。电子设备100可以在第二环境数据卡片2014中显示这一个或多个环境数据类型选项中被选中的环境数据类型对应的环境数据。
如图20B所示，响应于作用在空间选项显示区域2012中主卧选项的用户操作，电子设备100可以在用户界面2010上显示主卧的智能家居设备监测的环境数据。在图20B中，用户界面2010可包含主卧第一数据卡片2015、环境控件显示框2016、主卧第二数据卡片2017。其中：
主卧第一数据卡片2015的内容可以参考图20A所示第一环境数据卡片2013的介绍。
主卧第二数据卡片2017的内容可以参考图20A所示第二环境数据卡片2014的介绍。
环境控件显示框2016可包含温控控件2016A、净化控件2016B、除湿控件2016C。温控控件2016A可用于控制主卧中能提供温度调节功能的智能家居设备。净化控件2016B可用于控制主卧中能提供净化功能的智能家居设备。除湿控件2016C可用于控制主卧中能提供除湿功能的智能家居设备。
可以理解的，上述温度调节功能、净化功能、除湿功能可以是环境功能的子功能。
如图20C所示，响应于作用在第二环境数据卡片2014中展开控件2014A的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示类型选项框2018。该类型选项框2018中可包含一个或多个环境数据类型选项。例如，空气变化选项、温度详情选项、湿度变化选项。响应于作用在类型选项框2018中一个环境数据类型选项的用户操作，电子设备100可以在第二环境数据卡片2014中显示这一个环境数据类型选项对应的环境数据。
本申请实施例对电子设备100展现家庭环境数据的具体方式不作限定。
由图20A～图20C可以看出，用户可以通过图19所示的家庭环境卡片1911来查看家中的空气质量、温度、湿度等环境数据的具体内容，从而了解家庭环境的详细状态。
图21示例性示出了一种电子设备100展示家庭网络数据的详细内容的场景示意图。
响应于作用在图19所示家庭网络卡片1912的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图21所示的用户界面2110。上述作用在家庭网络卡片1912的用户操作可以是作用在家庭网络卡片1912上未显示有控制控件(如加速控件1912A)的区域的用户操作。用户界面2110可包含页面标题2111、网络分布卡片2112、网络环境卡片2113、联网设备数据卡片2114和关注设备数据卡片2115。其中：
页面标题2111可用于指示用户界面2110为展现家庭网络数据的用户界面。上述家庭网络数据即为前述能提供网络功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。家庭网络数据可以包括提供网络接入的设备的位置分布、网络速度、接入网络设备数量以及接入网络设备的上网情况等。页面标题2111可以包含文字内容，例如“家庭网络”。
网络分布卡片2112可用于展示提供网络接入的设备的位置分布。如图21所示，网络分布卡片2112上显示有位于一楼的网络接入设备(如路由器)的位置分布。响应于作用在网络分布卡片2112上向左或向右滑动的用户操作，电子设备100可以在网络分布卡片2112上显示位于其它楼层的网络接入设备的位置分布。其中，网络分布卡片2112还可用于展示各个网络接入设备之间的关系。例如，入户母路由、客厅子路由、主卧子路由等。
网络环境卡片2113可用于展示家庭网络的速度状况(如“良”)。网络环境卡片2113中可包含加速控件2113A。该加速控件2113A的作用与图19所示的加速控件1912A的作用相同。
联网设备数据卡片2114可用于展示家庭中在线设备的数量和离线设备的数量。
关注设备数据卡片2115中可包括一个或多个用户选项。响应于作用在关注设备数据卡片2115中一个用户选项(如“儿子”)的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示这一个用户选项对应的用户所关联的设备在接入家庭网络时，联网使用网络的时间、带宽和数据使用情况等等。
本申请实施例对电子设备100展示家庭网络数据的具体方式不作限定。
图22A和图22B示例性示出了一种电子设备100展示家庭安全防护数据的详细内容的场景示意图。
响应于作用在图19所示家庭安全防护卡片1913的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图22A所示的用户界面2210。用户界面2210可包含页面标题2211、监控画面选项区域2212、防护状态2213、防护组件2214和防护记录2215。其中：
页面标题2211可用于指示用户界面2010为展现家庭安全防护数据的用户界面。上述家庭安全防护数据即为前述能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。家庭安全防护数据可以包括摄像头拍摄的图像或视频、能进行警戒的智能家居设备监测到的异常情况分析、能进行报警的智能家居设备报警的记录数据等。页面标题2211可以包含文字内容，例如“家庭防护”。
监控画面选项区域2212中可包含一个或多个监控画面选项。例如，客厅监控画面选项2212A、前院监控画面选项2212A、卧室监控画面选项2212A、地下室监控画面选项2212A。当检测到一个空间中有摄像头，电子设备100可以在监控画面选项区域2212显示与这一个空间对应的监控画面选项。一个监控画面选项可用于触发电子设备100显示与这一个监控画面选项对应的摄像头采集的监控画面。
防护状态2213可用于指示家庭中能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的工作状态。例如，防护状态2213上显示有图22A所示的警戒中，可以指示家庭中能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备均处于开启状态。防护状态2213还可用于触发电子设备100显示包含有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的相关信息以及控制控件的用户界面。
防护组件2214中可包含开启警戒控件2214A和退出警戒控件2214B。其中，开启警戒控件2214A的作用可以与前述图19所示的开启警戒控件1913B的作用相同。退出警戒控件2214B的作用可以与前述图19所示的退出警戒控件1913C的作用相同。可以理解的，防护组件2214的入口比家庭安全防护卡片1913的入口更深(即相比于安全防护卡片1913，用户需 要进行更多的用户操作才能看到防护组件2214)。那么家庭安全防护卡片1913中的控制控件可以方便用户更快速地对家庭中所有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备进行控制。这可以简化用户控制多个能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的用户操作。可选的，用户也可以进入到图22A所示的用户界面2210对能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备进行控制。
防护记录2215中可包含一条或多条防护记录。上述防护记录可以包括开启或关闭能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的记录。
响应于图22A所示作用在客厅监控画面选项2212A的用户操作，电子设备100可以显示图22B所示的用户界面2220。用户界面2220可用于展示客厅中安全防护数据的详细内容。用户界面2220可包含页面标题2221、监控画面显示区域2222、摄像头控制控件2223和监控记录2224。其中：
页面标题2221可用于指示用户界面2220为展示客厅中安全防护数据的详细内容的用户界面。客厅中的安全防护数据可以包含空间属性为客厅的摄像头拍摄的图像或视频。页面标题2221可以包含文字内容，例如“客厅摄像头”。
监控画面显示区域2222可用于显示空间属性为客厅的摄像头拍摄的图像或视频。
摄像头控制控件2223中可包含一个或多个用于控制客厅的摄像头的控制控件。例如，截屏空间、对讲控件、录像控件和遥控控件。截屏控件可用于对客厅的摄像头拍摄的内容截屏。对讲控件可用于触发电子设备100向客厅的摄像头发送开启麦克风的指令。这样，电子设备100可以将采集的语音数据发送给客厅的摄像头。客厅的摄像头可以通过麦克风播放用户的语音。录像控件可用于触发电子设备100向客厅的摄像头发送录像的指令，来指示客厅的摄像头进行视频录制。遥控控件可用于触发电子设备100向客厅的摄像头发送遥控的指令。该遥控的指令可用于指示客厅的摄像头转动，以改变拍摄的方向。
不限于图22B所示的控制控件，摄像头控制控件2223中还可以包含更多或更少的控制控件。
监控记录2224中可包含一条或多条监控记录。一条监控记录可以为客厅中的摄像头在一段时间内拍摄的图像或视频。电子设备100可以根据监控记录中的内容对监控记录分类。例如，当一条监控记录中的多个监控画面改变，例如一个监控画面为拍摄客厅中沙发所在方向的监控画面，另一个监控画面为拍摄客厅中电视所在方向的监控画面，电子设备100可以将这一条监控记录划分为“画面变化”的类别。再例如，当一条监控记录中的多个监控画面指示有人在移动，例如，一个监控画面中人物A在位置A处，另一个监控画面中人物A在位置B处，电子设备100可以将这一条监控记录划分为“有人移动”的类别。本申请实施例对电子设备100划分监控记录的类别的方式不作限定。
由图22A和图22B所示的实施例可知，用户可以通过图19所示的家庭安全防护卡片1913来查看家庭安全防护数据的具体类容，从而了解家庭的安全状态。
图23示例性示出了一种电子设备100展示家庭用水数据的详细内容的场景示意图。
响应于作用在图19所示家庭用水卡片1917的用户操作，例如触摸操作，电子设备100可以显示图23所示的用户界面2310。用户界面2310可包含页面标题2311、水质卡片2312、设备状态卡片2313、热水控制卡片2314。其中：
页面标题2311可用于指示用户界面2310为展现家庭用水数据的用户界面。上述家庭用水数据为前述能提供用水功能的智能家居设备的家居设备数据。家庭用水数据可以包括水质数据、能提供用水功能的智能家居设备的耗材数据、能提供用水功能的智能家居设备的工作 状态等等。页面标题2311可以包含文字内容，例如“家庭用水”。
水质卡片2312可用于展示家庭用水的质量。
设备状态卡片2313可用于展示能提供用水功能的智能家居设备的耗材数据。例如滤水器的滤芯的消耗情况。
热水控制卡片2314中可包括用于控制电热水器的控制控件。例如，开启电热水器的控件、调节电热水器的温度的控件等。
本申请实施例对电子设备100展示家庭用水数据的具体方式不作限定。
可以理解的，上述展示家居设备数据以及用于控制智能家居设备的控制控件的用户界面仅为示例性说明，不应对本申请构成限定。
由上述图19、图20A～图20C、图21、图22A、图22B和图23所示的场景可知，用户可以快速地查看家庭环境、家庭网络、家庭安全防护、家庭用水等方面的状态，而不用再单独地在各个智能家居设备的展示界面查看对应的家居设备数据。
在一些实施例中，响应于添加智能家居设备的用户操作，电子设备100可以与被添加的智能家居设备建立绑定关系。电子设备100可以将新添加的智能家居设备产生的家居设备数据(如运行状态以及监测的数据)，整合至已存在的智能家居设备数据呈现的卡片中。
示例性的，新添加的智能家居设备为能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备。电子设备100可以将该摄像头产生的家居设备数据与前述图22A所示的家庭安全防护数据整合。例如，上述新添加的智能家居设备为摄像头。该摄像头的空间属性为玄关。电子设备100可以在监控画面选项区域2212中显示玄关监控画面选项。用户可以通过该玄关监控画面选项来查看位于玄关的摄像头拍摄的监控画面。
上述实施例可以帮助用户高效整合能提供不同功能的智能家居设备产生的家居设备数据，从而使得用户可以快速地查看家庭环境、家庭网络、家庭安全防护、家庭用水等方面的状态。
由前述实施例可知，在上述图3C所示空间选项326被选中的状态下，电子设备100可以为用户提供用于控制一个空间中能提供一项功能或多项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件，或者用于控制多个空间中能提供一项功能或多项功能的所有智能家居设备的控制控件。即用户可以进入图3C所示空间选项326所触发的用户界面，按照空间和/或功能的划分方式对多个智能家居设备进行批量管理。这可以简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
在上述图19所示我家选项327被选中的状态下，电子设备100可以整合能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备的家居设备数据，并将整合之后的数据展示给用户。即家庭中所有智能家居设备产生的家居设备数据可以按照功能的分类被有序地呈现。这样可以方便用户快速地查看家庭环境、家庭网络、家庭安全防护、家庭用水等方面的状态，而无需单独进入到各个智能家居设备的相关界面来查看家居设备数据。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100或业务云服务器300可以根据一个家庭中的智能家居设备所能提供的功能，联动多个智能家居设备为用户提供智能化的服务。
示例性的，业务云服务器300确定出一个家庭中配置有能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备。该能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备包括空气质量监测器以及空气净化器。云服务 器可以在空气质量监测器监测到家中空气质量较差(如PM2.5低于预设空气质量阈值)时，向空气净化器发送开启的指令。这样，空气净化器可以开启来净化家中的空气质量。其中，当空气净化器开启，电子设备100还可以提示用户已自动开启空气净化器。例如，电子设备100可以在图19所示的家庭环境卡片1911中显示用于指示为用户自动开启净化器的提示内容。再例如，电子设备100可以推送来自智慧生活APP的通知消息。该通知消息可用于提示用户已自动开启空气净化器。
业务云服务器300确定出用户家中配置有能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备。该提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备包括摄像头和蜂鸣器。云服务器可以根据摄像头采集的图像或视频数据判断门口是否有人逗留，并在判断出门口有人逗留时触发蜂鸣器响铃来进行警示。其中，当蜂鸣器被触发响铃，电子设备100还可以提示用户家庭的门口有异常情况。例如，电子设备100可以推送来自智慧生活APP的通知消息。该通知消息可用于提示用户家庭门口有异常情况，蜂鸣器被触发响铃。再例如，电子设备100可以在图22B所示的监控记录中将摄像头监控到门口有人逗留时的图像或视频划分至“有人移动”的类别。
不限于上述技能，电子设备100或业务云服务器300还可以根据家庭中的智能家居设备创建更多的技能，并通过实现这些技能来联动智能家居设备为用户提供智能化的服务。可以看出，智能家居设备可以由电子设备100或业务云服务器300控制来提供相应的功能，用户可以不用手动进行操作，这可以降低用户对控制智能家居设备的操作难度，并简化用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。上述技能的创建和实现有利于帮助用户打造智慧家庭，保护用户的家庭安全，提高用户的生活质量。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统240的结构示意图，以及基于通信系统240，电子设备100提供批量控制智能家居设备的控制控件和整合家居设备信息的方法。
请参考图24，图24示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统240结构示意图。
通信系统240可包含电子设备100、业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301、家庭云服务器302和三方设备云服务器303。其中：
(1)电子设备100
电子设备100中可安装有一个或多个用于控制智能家居设备的应用程序，即智能家居APP。例如，智能家居①APP和智能家居②APP。上述智能家居①APP可以例如是前述实施例中的智慧生活APP。
智能家居APP的应用程序包中可包含家居设备组件2430和组件工具包(kit)2440。家居设备组件2430可包含环境监控设备组件2431、网络设备组件2432、安全防护设备组件2433、照明与遮阳设备组件2434、用水设备组件2345、空间卡片和详情组件2436等等。
环境监控设备组件2431的呈现样式可以参考前述图19所示的家庭环境卡片1911，以及图20A～图20C所示家庭环境数据的具体呈现内容。
网络设备组件2432的呈现样式可以参考前述图19所示的家庭网络卡片1912，以及图21所示家庭网络数据的具体呈现内容。
安全防护设备组件2433的呈现样式可以参考前述图19所示的家庭安全防护卡片1913，以及图22A和图22B所示家庭安全防护数据的具体呈现内容。
照明与遮阳设备组件24/4的呈现样式可以参考前述图19所示的常用设备控制卡片1916。
用水设备组件2345的呈现样式可以参考前述图19所示的家庭用水卡片1917，以及图23所示家庭用水数据的具体呈现内容。
空间卡片和详情组件2436的呈现样式可以参考前述实施例中空间选项326处于图3C所示选中状态下，电子设备100呈现的卡片、组件等内容。
组件工具包2440可用于实现家居设备组件2430中的各个组件。即组件工具包2440可用于确定家居设备组件2430中各个组件上呈现的内容。
上述家居设备组件2430和组件工具包2440可以以二进制文件的形式存在。其中，家居设备组件2430和组件工具包2440可以被不同的智能家居APP复用。即家居设备组件2430和组件工具包2440可以开放给多个开发智能家居APP的开发者。应用程序包中包含家居设备组件2430和组件工具包2440的智能家居APP，可以为用户提供前述控制智能家居设备以及查看家居设备数据的场景所示的服务。
电子设备100中还可包含基础服务2450。由前述图2B所示电子设备100的软件结构框图可知，基础服务2450可以包含于电子设备100应用程序框架层。基础服务2450和上层应用(如智慧生活APP)之间可以通过通信接口①来通信。通信接口①可以是跨进程通信接口。通信接口①可以方便APP的开发者对基础服务2450提供的服务与上层应用业务(如提供批量控制智能家居设备的控制组件)的实现解耦，简化APP的开发者开发APP的操作。
基础服务2450可包含组件工具包接口2451、配置解析模块2452、设备检索模块2453、功能抽象模块2454、意图执行模块2455和功能开放模块2456。
组件工具包接口2451可用于智能家居APP中的组件工具包2440调用基础服务2450来家居设备组件2430中的各个组件。即组件工具包接口2451为基础服务2450为智能家居APP提供的应用编程接口。组件工具包接口2451可以为Android接口定义语言(android interface definition language，AIDL)接口。本申请实施例对组件工具包接口2451的类型不作限定。
配置解析模块2452可用于对从静态资源服务器301中的意图配置2471、功能配置2472、技能配置2473进行解析。上述意图配置2471中可包含用户可对智能家居设备进行控制的控制意图。上述用户可对智能家居设备进行控制的控制意图也可称为智能家居设备的控制意图。基础服务2450可以根据意图配置2471的解析结果确定智能家居设备可具有哪些控制控件。上述功能配置2472中可定义有一项功能可包含具备哪些能力的智能家居设备。基础服务2450可以根据功能配置2472的解析结果对智能家居设备进行分类。上述技能配置2473中可定义有一项技能所需要的功能，以及实现这一项技能的触发条件和触发结果。基础服务2450可以根据技能配置2473的解析结果来创建技能。
上述意图配置2471、功能配置2472、技能配置2473将在后续介绍静态资源服务器301时进行具体示例性的介绍。这里先不展开。
设备检索模块2453可用于从业务云服务器300中的设备列表管理模块2462获取与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备。即设备检索模块2453可用于确定一个家庭中包含哪些智能家居设备。
功能抽象模块2454可用于将智能家居设备的控制意图抽象为功能。具体的，功能抽象模块2454可以根据配置解析模块2452对功能配置的解析结果，以及设备检索模块2453确定出的一个家庭中包含的智能家居设备，来确定这一个家庭中的智能家居设备能提供哪些功能。那么，功能抽象模块2454可以确定出一个家庭中能提供一项功能的智能家居设备包括哪些。
意图执行模块2455可用于触发电子设备100执行智能家居设备的控制意图。例如，智能家居APP检测到用于开启客厅灯组中所有电灯的控制控件上作用有用户操作。智能家居APP可以将基础服务2450发送消息。该消息用于指示开启客厅灯组中的所有电灯。那么，意图执行模块2455可以触发电子设备100向客厅灯组中的所有电灯发送开灯的控制指令，来实现开 启客厅灯组中所有电灯的控制意图。
功能开放模块2456可用于将功能抽象模块2454抽象得到的功能开放给不同的智能家居APP。这样，不同的智能家居APP均可以从基础服务2450中获取一个家庭中的智能家居设备能提供哪些功能。
可以理解的，不限于图24所示的模块，电子设备100中还可以包含还有其他的模块，例如通信模块、硬件驱动模块等等。
本申请实施例对用于控制智能家居设备的应用程序的类型不作限定。除了可以是前述实施例提及的智能家居APP，还可以是其它类型的应用。例如小程序、快应用、分布式应用等。
(2)业务云服务器300
业务云服务器300中可包含技能创建模块2461、设备列表管理模块2462、批量控制模块2463、消息关联模块2464、技能状态确定模块2465和黑名单管理模块2466。其中：
设备列表管理模块2462可用于管理不同家庭中的智能家居设备。例如，智能家居设备的添加、智能家居设备的删除、智能家居设备空间属性的变更、智能家居设备的使用权限管理等等。即设备列表管理模块2462中可存储有与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备的设备列表。可以理解的，上述与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备可以是电子设备100中的一个智能家居APP上登录的账号(如账号A)下关联的智能家居设备。当另一个电子设备，例如电子设备100中的智能家居APP上登录有账号A，账号A下关联的智能家居设备可以被认为是与电子设备100建立有绑定关系。
当接收到来自电子设备100获取设备列表的请求，业务云服务器300可以将设备列表管理模块2462中包含与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的智能家居设备的设备列表发送给电子设备100。
技能创建模块2461可用于创建技能实例。其中，业务云服务器300可以从静态资源服务器301获取技能配置2473。技能创建模块2461可以根据技能配置2473中定义的技能，以及设备列表管理模块2462中一个家庭中的智能家居设备的设备列表，确定出这一个家庭中包含提供哪些功能的智能家居设备，从而确定这些智能家居设备是否能用于实现技能配置2743中定义的技能。当确定出一个家庭包含能实现一项技能的智能家居设备，业务云服务器300可以为这一个家庭创建一个技能实例，并在智能家居设备产生的家居设备数据满足这一个技能实例的触发条件时，联动相关的智能家居设备实现这一个技能。
批量控制模块2463可用于批量控制智能家居设备。例如，在电子设备100通过业务云服务器300远程控制家中的智能家居设备的场景中，若电子设备100接收到作用在一键控制多个智能家居设备的控制控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以向业务云服务器300发送用于控制这多个智能家居设备的指令。当接收到该指令，业务云服务器300可以通过批量控制模块2463实现批量控制电子设备100请求控制的多个智能家居设备。
消息关联模块2464可用于将智能家居设备上报的信息发送给与该智能家居设备建立有绑定关系的电子设备(如电子设备100)。例如，与电子设备100建立有绑定关系的燃气监测器监测到燃气泄漏。该燃气监测器将用于指示燃气泄漏的信息发送给业务云服务器300。业务云服务器300中的消息关联模块2464可以确定出与电子设备100与该燃气监测器建立有绑定关系。消息关联模块2464可以触发业务云服务器300向电子设备100发送消息通知。电子设备100可以显示该消息通知来提示用户家中燃气泄漏。
技能状态确定模块2465可用于确定技能创建模块2461为一个家庭确定的技能实例的状 态。一个技能实例的状态可以包括用于实现这一个技能实例的智能家居设备产生的家居设备数据是否满足实现这一个技能实例的触发条件、实现这一个技能实例的过程中相关智能家居设备的工作状态以及产生的家居设备数据等。
黑名单管理模块2466可用于管理一个控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备。上述管理的方式可以包括将一个智能家居设备从一个控制控件所能控制的设备组中移除、将一个智能家居设备添加至一个控制控件所能控制的设备组中等。例如，电子设备100提供一个用于控制客厅灯组的控制控件。客厅灯组中包含客厅中的所有电灯。即该控制控件可用于控制客厅中的所有电灯。响应于将电灯A从客厅灯组移除的用户操作，电子设备100可以向业务云服务器300发送用于指示将电灯A从客厅灯组移除的消息。然后，业务云服务器300中的黑名单管理模块2466可以将电灯A添加至客厅灯组黑名单。上述客厅灯组黑名单中的智能家居设备可以不受用于控制客厅灯组的控制控件的控制。
由图24可以看出，电子设备100中的基础服务2450可以通过通信接口②与业务云服务器300进行通信。上述通信接口②可以是HTTPS接口。通过通信接口②，基础服务2450可以接收到来自业务云服务器300的智能家居设备列表、技能实例、智能家居设备的黑名单、智能家居设备上报的消息等数据。
(3)静态资源服务器301
静态资源服务器301可用于存储并更新意图配置2471、功能配置2472、技能配置2473。电子设备100中的基础服务2450可以通过通信接口③从静态资源服务器301中获取配置文件。上述通信接口③可以是HTTPS接口。
意图配置2471中可包含智能家居设备的控制意图。控制意图可以由智能家居设备的类型(device type)和能力(ability)来确定。
在一些实施例中，意图配置2471中可包含下述表1所示智能家居设备与其具备的能力的关系表。
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000003
表1
表1中可包含智能家居设备以及该智能家居设备所具备的能力。表1中的“Y”可以表示智能家居设备具备“Y”所对应的一列指示的能力。
表1中的智能家居设备可以包含多个制造商生产的智能家居设备。例如，制造商A生产的摄像头空调A和制造商B生产的空调B。空调A和空调B可能具有不同的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述智能家居设备的能力可以是从各个智能家居设备中获取的能力参数确定的。其中，智能家居设备中可写入有该智能家居设备的设备类型、设备名称、能力参数等字段。上述能力参数可以包括指示智能家居设备所具备的能力的参数，以及智能家居设备可以识别的控制指令等。可选的，上述智能家居设备的能力也可以是从三方云服务器303获取的。
以表1中的智能家居设备为例，意图配置2471中包含的智能家居设备的控制意图可以参考下述表2。
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000004
表2
可以理解的，上述警戒可以指智能家居设备监测家庭安全是否出现异常情况。上述报警可以指在家庭安全出现异常情况是对用户进行提示，或者对安全隐患目标进行警告。
电子设备100中的基础服务2450可以根据意图配置2471的解析结果确定智能家居设备可具有哪些控制控件。例如，对摄像头进行控制的控制控件可包括触发摄像头进行拍照/录像的控制控件、结束拍照/录像的控制控件、开启警戒的控制控件和退出警戒的控制控件。
功能配置2472中可定义有一项功能可包含具备哪些能力的智能家居设备。即功能配置2472中可包含用于创建功能实例的规则。
下述表3和表4分别示例性示出了安全防护功能和环境监控功能需要智能家居设备具备 的能力。
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000005
表3
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000006
表4
由表3可知，具备以下一项或多项能力的智能家居设备可以提供安全防护功能：拍照/录像、警戒、报警。由表4可知，具备以下一项或多项能力的智能家居设备可以提供环境监控功能：温湿度监测、空气质量监测、温湿度调节、空气净化。
本申请实施例对提供一项功能要求智能家居设备所具备的能力不作限定。
技能配置2473中可定义有一项技能所需要的功能，以及实现这一项技能的触发条件和触发结果。即技能配置2473中可包含用于创建技能实例的规则。
示例性的，技能配置2473中可包含下述技能：监测到有人在门口逗留时进行警示。这一项技能需要能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备中，具备监测是否有人移动的能力的智能家居设备(如摄像头、人体移动传感器、红外传感器等)，以及具备报警能力的智能家居设备(如蜂鸣器)。这一项技能的触发条件可以为有人在门口逗留，触发结果为具备报警能力的智能家居设备进行警示。本申请实施例对判断是否有人在门口逗留的方法不作限定。例如，业务云服务器300可以根据摄像头拍摄的视频判断位于门口的人在门口停留的时间是否超过预设时间。若位于门口的人在门口停留的时间是否超过预设时间，业务云服务器300可以判断出有人在门口逗留。
技能配置2473中可包含下述技能：智能化空气净化。这一项技能需要能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备中，具备空气质量监测能力的智能家居设备，以及空气净化能力的智能家居设备。这一项技能的触发条件可以为监测到空气质量低于预设的空气质量，触发结果可以为开启具备空气净化能力的智能家居设备。
本申请实施例对技能配置2473中包含的技能不作限定。例如，技能配置2473中还可以包含儿童成长记录的技能、能源消耗统计的技能等等。
在上述儿童成长记录的技能中，业务云服务器300可以将具有拍照能力、录像能力、身高测量能力、体重测量能力、定位能力中一项或多项能力的设备采集的儿童数据进行整合，并将整合后的儿童数据呈现给用户。上述儿童成长记录的技能可以帮助家长记录儿童的成长变化。
在上述能源消耗统计的技能中，业务云服务器300可以将各个智能家居设备电能的消耗数据、家庭燃气的消耗数据、家庭水量的消耗数据等能源消耗数据进行整合，并将整合后的 能源消耗数据呈现给用户。这样可以便于用户快速了解家庭中能源的消耗情况。可选的，业务云服务器300还可以根据上述能源消耗数据为用户推送能源节省的建议，帮助用户减少不必要的能源消耗。
(4)家庭云服务器302
家庭云服务器302可用于与三方设备云服务器303对接获取多媒体数据。上述多媒体数据可以包括智能家居设备监测到的数据。多媒体数据可以是文字、图像、影像、声音、动画等表现形式的数据。
家庭云服务器302中可包含授权认证模块2481和多媒体数据获取模块2482。其中：
授权认证模块2481可用于家庭云服务器302与三方设备云服务器303之间进行身份认证。当身份认证通过，三方设备云服务器303可以将家庭云服务器302请求的多媒体数据发送给家庭云服务器302。本申请实施例对家庭云服务器302和三方设备云服务器303之间进行身份认证的实现方式不作限定。例如，家庭云服务器302和三方设备云服务器303之间可以通过OAUTH认证服务来实现身份认证。
多媒体数据获取模块2482可用于向三方设备云服务器303请求多媒体数据。在一种可能的实现方式中，智能家居设备可以将监测到的数据发送至自己制造商对应的三方设备云服务器303中。业务方(例如电子设备100、业务云服务器300等)可能无法直接访问三方设备云服务器303。那么，电子设备100或业务云服务器300可以通过家庭云服务器302来获取存储在三方设备云服务器303中的多媒体数据。其中，电子设备100或业务服务器300可以将需要获取的多媒体数据的统一资源标识符(uniform resource identifier，URI)发送给家庭云服务器302。家庭云服务器302可以依据该URI向三方设备云服务器303请求多媒体数据。
由图24可以看出，基础服务2450可以通过通信接口⑤与家庭云服务器302进行通信。该通信接口⑤可以是HTTPS接口。通过通信接口⑤，基础服务2450可以将需要的多媒体数据的URI发送给家庭云服务器302，并接收家庭云服务器302发送的多媒体数据。
家庭云服务器302可以通过通信接口④与三方设备云服务器303进行通信。该通信接口④可以是HTTPS接口。通过通信接口④，家庭云服务器302与三方设备云服务器303之间可以进行身份认证。并且，家庭云服务器302可以将需要的多媒体数据的URI发送给家庭云服务器302，并接收三方设备云服务器303发送的多媒体数据。
不限于上述多媒体数据，家庭云服务器302还可以从三方设备云服务器303中获取其它类型的家居设备信息。
(5)三方设备云服务器303
三方设备云服务器303中可包含授权认证模块2491和多媒体数据存储模块2492。其中：
授权认证模块2491可用于三方设备云服务器303与家庭云服务器302之间进行身份认证。
当三方设备云服务器303与家庭云服务器302之间的身份认证通过，三方设备云服务器303可以根据家庭云服务器302发送的URI在多媒体数据存储模块2492中查询该URI指示的多媒体数据。三方设备云服务器303可以将该URI指示的多媒体数据发送给家庭云服务器302。
可以理解的，不限于图24所示的模块，业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301、家庭 云服务器302和三方设备云服务器303中还可以包含更多或更少的模块。
在图24中，电子设备100与业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301、家庭云服务器302之间的通信过程可以是利用电子设备100中的通信模块(图24中未示出)实现的。这里为了数据的来源和最终处理数据的模块，简化了数据的传输过程。即基础服务2450通过图24所示的通信接口与业务云服务器300、静态资源服务器301、家庭云服务器302进行通信的过程，还有其它通信模块的参与。本申请实施例对其中数据传输的具体过程不作赘述。
下面基于图24所示的通信系统240，介绍本申请实施例提供的一种设备控制方法。
图25示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种设备控制方法的流程图。该方法可包括步骤S2501～S2507。其中：
(1)步骤S2501～S2504：电子设备100对智能家居设备划分设备组，并确定与各设备组关联的控制控件。
S2501、电子设备100(如手机)可以向业务云服务器300获取家居设备列表。
电子设备100可以通过自己安装的智能家居APP(如智慧生活APP)来管理可控制一个家庭中的智能家居设备。其中，电子设备100可以与一个家庭中的智能家居设备建立绑定关系。业务云服务器300中可存储有包含与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设备的家居设备列表。电子设备100中基础服务2450的设备检索模块2453可以向业务云服务器300请求家居设备列表。当接收到家居设备列表的请求，业务云服务器300可以将设备列表管理模块2462中包含与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设备的家居设备列表发送给电子设备100。
该家居设备列表可用于指示与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设备以及各智能家居设备的空间属性(如厨房、客厅、主卧等)。
S2502、电子设备100可以向静态资源服务器301获取意图配置和功能配置。
本申请实施例对步骤S2501和步骤S2052的执行顺序不作限定。
S2503、电子设备100可以解析意图配置和功能配置，按照空间属性和功能对家居设备列表中的智能家居设备分类，得到一个或多个设备组，一个设备组中包含一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备。
当接收到意图配置和功能配置，电子设备100中基础服务2450的配置解析模块2452可以解析意图配置和功能配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，根据上述设备列表中包含的智能家居设备、各智能家居设备的空间属性以及上述意图配置和功能配置的解析结果，功能抽象模块2454可以创建功能实例。
具体的，功能抽象模块2454可以根据意图配置和功能配置的解析结果确定家庭中包含能提供哪些功能的智能家居设备，以及每一项功能下包含哪些智能家居设备。进一步的，功能抽象模块2454可以按照空间属性将每一项功能下包含的智能家居设备划分为不同的设备组。这样，一个设备组中包含的一个空间中能提供一项功能的所有智能家居设备。
这里以创建安全防护功能实例和创建环境监控功能实例为例进行具体说明。
功能抽象模块2454获取到家庭的家居设备列表可以参考下述表5。
智能家居设备 空间属性
摄像头 玄关
蜂鸣器 玄关
红外传感器 阳台
环境传感器 客厅
空气净化器 客厅
表5
功能抽象模块2454可以确定出该家庭的智能家居设备可以提供安全防护功能和环境监控功能。
(a)创建安全防护功能实例
功能抽象模块2454可以创建下述表6所示的安全护功能实例。
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000007
表6
由表6可知，安全防护功能实例可以指示家庭中能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备和这些智能家居设备具备的能力。
根据能提供安全防护功能的智能家居设备的空间属性，功能抽象模块2454可以将摄像头和蜂鸣器划分至玄关安全防护设备组，将红外传感器划分至阳台安全防护设备组。
(b)创建环境监控功能实例
功能抽象模块2454可以创建下述表7所示的环境监控功能实例。
Figure PCTCN2022122299-appb-000008
表7
由表7可知，环境监控功能实例可以指示家庭中能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备和这些智能家居设备具备的能力。
根据能提供环境监控功能的智能家居设备的空间属性，功能抽象模块2454可以将环境传感器和空气净化器划分至客厅环境监控设备组。
在一些实施例中，功能抽象模块2454也可以不按照空间属性来划分智能家居设备。例如，功能抽象模块2454可以将一个家庭中所有能提供一项功能的智能家居设备划分为一个设备组。例如将上述摄像头、蜂鸣器、红外传感器划分至全屋安全防护设备组。
S2504、电子设备100可以根据一个设备组中智能家居设备的控制意图提供用于控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件，一个控制控件可用于触发电子设备100执行一种控制意图，控制控件中包含用于开启玄关安全防护设备组中所有安全防护设备的开启玄关警戒控件。
示例性的，玄关安全防护设备组中的智能家居设备的控制意图可包括：进行拍照/录像、结束拍照/录像、开启警戒、退出警戒、进行报警、结束报警。根据上述控制意图，电子设备100可以提供一键开启玄关安全防护设备组中所有设备的控制控件(如开启玄关警戒控件)、一键关闭玄关安全防护设备组中所有设备的控制控件(如关闭玄关警戒控件)。其中，基础服务器2450可以将智能家居设备组的分类，以及指示与各设备组关联的控制控件的数据发送给 智慧生活APP中的组件工具包2440。组件工具包2440可以指示电子设备100实现与各设备组关联的控制控件的绘制与呈现。与一个设备组关联的控制控件即为用于控制一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件。
上述开启玄关警戒控件和关闭玄关警戒控件的样式可以参考前述图19所示的开启警戒控件1913B和退出警戒控件1913C。
另外，电子设备100在确定与一个设备组关联的控制控件时，可以依据这一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备数量来确定其关联的控制控件的样式。在一个设备组中仅包含一个智能家居设备的情况下，这一个设备组关联的控制控件上可以呈现这一个设备组中智能家居设备的标识(如名称)，来指示该控制控件是用于控制这一个智能家居设备的。并且，该控制控件上呈现的不同状态(如开启状态、关闭状态)可用于指示这一个智能家居设备的状态。在一个设备组中包含多个智能家居设备的情况下，这一个设备组关联的控制控件可以成对出现(如开启玄关警戒控件和关闭玄关警戒控件)。并且，包含该成对的控制控件的组件上还可包含展开控件。该展开控件可用于查看这一个设备组中包含的多个智能家居设备。
(2)步骤S2505～S2507：电子设备100响应于用户操作批量控制智能家居设备。
S2505、电子设备100接收到作用在开启玄关警戒控件的用户操作。
S2506、电子设备100向玄关安全防护设备组中的所有安全防护设备发送开启警戒的控制指令。玄关安全防护设备组中包含摄像头、蜂鸣器。
电子设备100向上述摄像头、蜂鸣器发送开启警戒的控制指令的方式可以参考前述实施例的介绍。
S2507、摄像头、蜂鸣器开启警戒。
摄像头开启警戒后可以拍摄图像或者进行视频录制。在一种可能的实现方式中，摄像头可以将拍摄的图像数据发送至三方设备云服务器303。电子设备100可以通过家庭云服务器302向三方设备云服务器303获取摄像头拍摄的图像数据，并将该图像数据呈现给用户。
蜂鸣器开启警戒后，可以在接收到响铃的指令时响铃报警。
(3)步骤S2508～S2512：电子设备100将新添加至家庭的智能家居设备与该家庭中已经存在的智能家居设备整合。
S2508、电子设备100接收到作用于智慧生活APP中在玄关添加门锁的用户操作。
S2509、电子设备100与门锁绑定。
上述步骤S2508和步骤S2509可以参考前述图8A～图8D所示实施例电子设备100与电灯③绑定的过程。
S2510、电子设备100通知业务云服务器300电子设备100与门锁建立绑定关系。
S2511、业务云服务器300更新家居设备列表。
业务云服务器300可以在包含与电子设备100绑定的智能家居设备的家居设备列表中添加门锁。
S2512、电子设备100根据意图配置和功能配置的解析结果，以及门锁的空间属性，将门锁划分至玄关安全防护设备组，与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制组件可控制门锁。
也即是说，当接收到作用在开启玄关警戒控件的用户操作，电子设备100可以向玄关的摄像头、蜂鸣器和门锁发送开启警戒的控制指令。当接收到上述开启警戒的控制指令，门锁可以开启门锁具有的警戒功能。例如，门锁上具有人体移动传感器。门锁开启警戒可以包括 开启上述人体移动传感器来检测门口是否有人逗留。
(4)步骤S2513～S2519：电子设备100响应用户操作修改控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备。
S2513、电子设备100接收到取消与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制控件对玄关的摄像头进行控制的用户操作。
步骤S2513中的用户操作可以参考前述图9A和图9B所示移除智能家居设备的用户操作。
S2514、电子设备100向业务云服务器300发送取消与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制控件对玄关的摄像头进行控制的消息。
S2515、业务云服务器300在玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单中添加门锁。
具体的，业务云服务器300中的黑名单管理模块可以在玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单中添加门锁。玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单上的智能家居设备，可以为不受与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制控件(如开启玄关警戒控件、关闭玄关警戒控件)控制的设备。
S2516、电子设备100接收到作用在开启玄关警戒控件的用户操作。
步骤S2516的用户操作可以与步骤S2505的用户操作相同。
S2517、电子设备100向业务云服务器300获取玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单。
可以理解的，业务云服务器300可以认为在智慧生活APP中登录一个账号所使用的电子设备与这一个账号下关联的智能家居设备绑定。而用户有可能切换不同的电子设备在智慧生活APP中登录这一个账号。那么，一个设备组的黑名单存储在业务云服务器300可以使得当用户切换登录智慧生活APP上的账号所使用的电子设备，不同的电子设备可以同步控制控件所能控制的智能家居设备。
在一些实施例中，在步骤S2506之前，电子设备100也可以先获取玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单，来判断玄关安全防护设备组中是否存在不受开启玄关警戒控件控制的设备。
S2518、电子设备100可以向玄关安全防护设备组中不在玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单上的设备发送开启警戒的控制指令。
可以理解的，在步骤S2516的用户操作在步骤S2508的用户操作之后的情况下，电子设备100可以向包含摄像头、蜂鸣器、门锁的玄关安全防护设备组中，不在玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单上的设备发送开启警戒的控制指令。
S2519、蜂鸣器、门锁开启警戒。
经过上述步骤S2513～S2519，用户对开启玄关警戒控件或关闭玄关警戒控件进行操作可以仅对玄关安全防护设备组中的蜂鸣器和门锁进行控制，而不会触发玄关的摄像头开启或关闭警戒。
在一些实施例中，响应于指示玄关的摄像头接受与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制控件控制的用户操作，电子设备100可以向业务云服务器300发送消息。业务云服务器300可以根据该消息将玄关的摄像头从玄关安全防护设备组的黑名单中移除。
在一种可能的实现方式中，响应于步骤S2513的用户操作，电子设备100可以将玄关的摄像头从玄关安全防护设备组中移除。与玄关安全防护设备组关联的控制控件仅用于控制该玄关安全防护设备组中包含的设备。那么，在玄关的摄像头从玄关安全防护设备组中移除后，用户对开启玄关警戒控件或关闭玄关警戒控件进行操作可以仅对玄关安全防护设备组中的蜂 鸣器和门锁进行控制，而不会触发玄关的摄像头开启或关闭警戒。
步骤S2505～S2507、步骤S2508～S2512、步骤S2516～S2519均是可选的步骤。本申请实施例对步骤S2505～S2507、步骤S2508～S2512、步骤S2516～S2519之间的执行顺序不作限定。
可以看出，在上述方法中，用户可以不用手动对智能家居设备进行分组。在电子设备根据智能家居设备的功用将智能家居设备分组后，用户可以批量控制多个智能家居设备。这多个智能家居设备可以是同类型的或者不同类型的设备。上述方法降低了用户批量控制智能家居设备的难度，并且简化了用户控制智能家居设备的用户操作。
另外，对于新添加至一个家庭的智能家居设备，电子设备100可以将该智能家居设备与其它能提供相同功能的智能家居设备整合为一个设备组，并提供用于控制这一个设备组中所有智能家居设备的控制控件。这样，用户可以不用在每次新添加一个智能家居设备后，都要对新添加的智能家居设备分组。这可以帮助用户更高效地控制智能家居设备，简化控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
并且，用户可以手动对电子设备100已经划分的智能家居设备的分组进行修改。例如将一个智能家居设备从一个设备组中移除。那么，用于控制这一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件可不再用于控制上述被移除的智能家居设备。上述方法可以使得用于控制一个设备组中包含的智能家居设备的控制控件更好地满足用户的需求，并简化用户控制多个智能家居设备的用户操作。
以上所述，以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (18)

  1. 一种设备控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    电子设备显示第一控件，所述第一控件与第一设备组关联，所述第一设备组包含第一空间内能提供第一功能的X个家居设备，所述第一设备组是所述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，其中，所述X为正整数；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第一控件上的第一用户操作，向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备发送第一控制指令，所述第一控制指令使得接收到所述第一控制指令的家居设备执行所述第一控制指令指示的操作。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备显示第二控件；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第二控件上的第二用户操作，显示第一用户界面，所述第一用户界面包含所述第一空间内的Y个家居设备的设备信息，所述Y个家居设备的设备信息中的一个所述家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制所述一个所述家居设备的控件、所述一个所述家居设备的工作状态、所述一个所述家居设备监测的数据，其中所述Y为大于或等于X的正整数，所述Y个家居设备包括所述X个家居设备。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备组中的家居设备有多个，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备显示第三控件；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第三控件上的第三用户操作，显示第二用户界面，所述第二用户界面包含所述X个家居设备的设备信息，所述X个家居设备的设备信息中的一个所述家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制所述一个所述家居设备的控件、所述一个所述家居设备的工作状态、所述一个所述家居设备监测的数据。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备获取所述电子设备管理的家居设备监测的数据；
    所述电子设备根据家居设备能提供的功能确定所述家居设备监测的数据的类别；所述家居设备监测的数据的类别包含以下一项或多项：环境监控数据、网络数据、用水数据、安全防护数据；
    所述电子设备显示第三用户界面，所述第三用户界面包含一个组件或多个组件，所述一个组件上显示有一个所述类别的家居设备监测的数据。
  5. 根据权利要求2-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备显示第四控件，所述第四控件与第二设备组关联，所述第二设备组包含所述第一空间内能提供第二功能的Z个家居设备，所述第二设备组是所述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，其中，所述Z为正整数；所述Z个家居设备包含于所述Y个家居设备；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第四控件上的第四用户操作，向所述第二设备组中的所 述Z个家居设备发送第二控制指令，所述第二控制指令使得接收到所述第二控制指令的家居设备执行所述第二控制指令指示的操作。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到第五用户操作，将所述第一控件与所述第四控件合并为第五控件；
    所述电子设备显示所述第五控件；所述第五控件与所述第一设备组和所述第二设备组关联；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第五控件上的第六用户操作，向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备发送所述第一控制指令，并向所述第二设备组中的所述Z个家居设备发送所述第二控制指令。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第五控件上的第七用户操作，将所述第五控件分离为所述第一控件和所述第四控件；所述第六用户操作和所述第七用户操作是作用在所述第五控件上作用方式不同的用户操作。
  8. 根据权利要求2-7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一控件和所述第二控件被显示在第一卡片上，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备显示第二卡片，所述第二卡片上显示有第六控件和第七控件；
    所述第六控件与第三设备组关联，所述第三设备组包含第二空间内能提供所述第一功能的M个家居设备，所述第三设备组是所述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，其中，所述M为正整数；所述第六控件用于触发所述电子设备向所述第三设备组中的所述M个家居设备发送第三控制指令，所述第三控制指令使得接收到所述第三控制指令的家居设备执行所述第三控制指令指示的操作；
    所述第七控件用于触发所述电子设备显示第四用户界面，所述第四用户界面包含所述第二空间内的W个家居设备的设备信息，所述W个家居设备的设备信息中的一个所述家居设备的设备信息包括以下一项或多项：用于控制所述一个所述家居设备的控件、所述一个所述家居设备的工作状态、所述一个所述家居设备监测的数据。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设接收到第八用户操作，将所述第一卡片和所述第二卡片合并为第三卡片；
    所述电子设备显示所述第三卡片，所述第三卡片上显示有第八控件；所述第八控件与所述第一设备组和所述第三设备组关联；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第八控件上的第九用户操作，向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备发送所述第一控制指令，并向所述第三设备组中的所述M个家居设备发送所述第三控制指令。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三卡片上还显示有第九控件，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第九控件上的第十用户操作，显示第五用户界面，所述第五用户界面包含所述第一空间内的所述Y个家居设备的设备信息，以及所述第二空间内的 所述W个家居设备的设备信息。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第八控件上的第十一用户操作，向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备发送所述第一控制指令；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第八控件上的第十二用户操作，向所述第三设备组中的所述M个家居设备发送所述第三控制指令；所述第九用户操作、所述第十一用户操作、所述第十二用户操作为作用在所述第八控件上作用方式不同的用户操作。
  12. 根据权利要求9-11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第八控件上的第十三用户操作，将所述第八控件分离为第九控件和第十控件；
    所述第九控件用于触发所述电子设备向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备发送所述第一控制指令；
    所述第十控件用于触发所述电子设备向所述第三设备组中的所述M家居设备发送所述第三控制指令。
  13. 根据权利要求9-12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第三卡片上的第十四用户操作，将所述第三卡片分离为所述第一卡片和所述第二卡片。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备接收到第十五用户操作，所述第十五用户操作用于将第一家居设备添加为由所述电子设备管理的家居设备；所述第一家居设备为所述第一空间内能提供所述第一功能的家居设备；
    所述电子设备接收到作用在所述第一控件上的第十六用户操作，向所述第一设备组中的所述X个家居设备和所述第一家居设备发送所述第一控制指令，所述第一设备组中包含所述第一家居设备。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备显示第一控件之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备显示第十一控件，所述第十一控件与第四设备组关联，所述第四设备组包含所述第一空间内能提供第一功能的X+1个家居设备，所述第四设备组是所述电子设备根据家居设备的空间属性和能提供的功能划分的，所述X+1个家居设备包含所述X个家居设备和第二家居设备；
    所述第十一控件用于触发所述电子设备向所述第四设备组中的所述X+1个家居设备发送所述第一控制指令；
    所述电子设备接收到第十七用户操作，将所述第二家居设备从所述第四设备组中移除，得到所述第一设备组。
  16. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括：通信装置、存储器和处理器，所 述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机程序，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。
  17. 一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，其特征在于，当所述指令在电子设备上运行，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。
  18. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包含计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/122299 2021-09-30 2022-09-28 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统 WO2023051643A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111166936.8A CN115903529A (zh) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统
CN202111166936.8 2021-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023051643A1 true WO2023051643A1 (zh) 2023-04-06

Family

ID=84527813

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/122299 WO2023051643A1 (zh) 2021-09-30 2022-09-28 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (3) CN115509139A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023051643A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115509139A (zh) * 2021-09-30 2022-12-23 华为技术有限公司 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10217068B1 (en) * 2015-08-10 2019-02-26 State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company Systems and methods for pre-scheduling repair of home equipment
WO2019184914A1 (zh) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-03 华为技术有限公司 智慧家庭设备管理的方法、设备及智慧家庭系统
WO2020155014A1 (zh) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 华为技术有限公司 智能家居设备分享系统、方法及电子设备
CN111752443A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 显示设备控制页面的方法、相关装置及系统
CN115509139A (zh) * 2021-09-30 2022-12-23 华为技术有限公司 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102891786B (zh) * 2012-09-21 2015-05-13 兴泓昇(福州)智能科技有限公司 自动进行关联的智能家居系统的场景控制组网方法
CN104516317A (zh) * 2013-09-26 2015-04-15 上海澜腾智能科技有限公司 一种智能家居系统中电器分组控制方法和装置
WO2015076609A1 (en) * 2013-11-21 2015-05-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for controlling home devices on group basis in a home network system
CN105093942A (zh) * 2014-10-26 2015-11-25 深圳市艾瑟网络技术有限公司 智能家居系统以及基于该系统的分组控制方法
CN105607499B (zh) * 2016-01-05 2018-10-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 设备分组方法及装置
CN108398888A (zh) * 2018-02-26 2018-08-14 四川蓝景光电技术有限责任公司 智能家居控制方法、控制装置及智能家居控制系统
CN109270844A (zh) * 2018-08-09 2019-01-25 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 一种预约管理方法、装置、终端设备及存储介质
CN110795179B (zh) * 2019-07-04 2021-04-09 华为技术有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备
CN110687817B (zh) * 2019-11-05 2023-03-21 深圳市欧瑞博科技股份有限公司 智能家居的控制方法、装置、终端及计算机可读存储介质
CN111399459A (zh) * 2020-03-30 2020-07-10 上海闻泰信息技术有限公司 智能家居设备控制方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN112034725A (zh) * 2020-09-14 2020-12-04 开封大学 一种基于物联网的远程家居控制方法
CN112925219A (zh) * 2021-02-03 2021-06-08 青岛海尔科技有限公司 用于智能家居场景执行的方法及装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10217068B1 (en) * 2015-08-10 2019-02-26 State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company Systems and methods for pre-scheduling repair of home equipment
WO2019184914A1 (zh) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-03 华为技术有限公司 智慧家庭设备管理的方法、设备及智慧家庭系统
WO2020155014A1 (zh) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-06 华为技术有限公司 智能家居设备分享系统、方法及电子设备
CN111752443A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 显示设备控制页面的方法、相关装置及系统
CN115509139A (zh) * 2021-09-30 2022-12-23 华为技术有限公司 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117706946A (zh) 2024-03-15
CN115903529A (zh) 2023-04-04
CN115509139A (zh) 2022-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200211347A1 (en) Automatic detection of zones of interest in a video
US10477273B2 (en) TV mode change in accordance with number of viewers present
US10621733B2 (en) Enhanced visualization of breathing or heartbeat of an infant or other monitored subject
US10306187B2 (en) Adjustable movement detection doorbell
RU2628558C2 (ru) Способ и устройство для управления интеллектуальным терминалом
CN113272745B (zh) 智能家居设备分享系统、方法及电子设备
US10055094B2 (en) Method and apparatus for dynamically displaying device list
CN104540184B (zh) 设备联网方法及装置
CN111650840B (zh) 智能家居场景编排方法及终端
CN107948231B (zh) 基于场景的服务提供方法、系统和操作系统
CN111752443A (zh) 显示设备控制页面的方法、相关装置及系统
WO2017193491A1 (zh) 控制设备的方法及装置
CN111614524A (zh) 一种多智能设备联动控制的方法、设备及系统
JP2017500534A (ja) 空気清浄通知方法、装置、プログラム、記録媒体、ユーザデバイス及びシステム
WO2021185244A1 (zh) 一种设备交互的方法和电子设备
CN106603350B (zh) 信息展示方法及装置
US11195408B1 (en) Sending signals for help during an emergency event
CN111505946B (zh) 设备控制方法和设备
KR102269387B1 (ko) 상황별 정보 공유 지원 방법 및 이를 지원하는 전자 장치
CN112005281A (zh) 智能设备上的功率管理的系统和方法
CN106104416A (zh) 显示设备及其控制方法
WO2023051643A1 (zh) 设备控制方法、相关装置及通信系统
CN108282388B (zh) 用于向家居设备传递数据信息的装置与方法
WO2023071454A1 (zh) 场景同步方法、装置、电子设备及可读存储介质
WO2023001152A1 (zh) 一种推荐视频片段的方法、电子设备及服务器

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22875026

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022875026

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022875026

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240312